UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 



FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Commission File No. 0-22345

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 



 

 

Maryland

 

52-1974638

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

 

Identification No.)



 



 

 

28969 Information Lane, Easton, Maryland

 

21601

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (410) 763-7800

 

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 



 

 

Title of Each Class:

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:

Common stock, par value $.01 per share

 

Nasdaq Global Select Market

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 16(d) of the Act. Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (check one):



 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller Reporting Company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes No

 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $   116,646,865 .

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of the latest practicable date: 12, 672,675 as of February 28, 2017.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

Certain information required by Part III of this annual report is incorporated therein by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 201 7 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

3

 


 



 

INDEX

 



 

 

Part I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

25 

Item 2.

Properties

26 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

27 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

27 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

28 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

30 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

31 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

46 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

47 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

95 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

95 

Item 9B.

Other Information

95 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

96 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

96 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

96 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

97 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

97 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

98 

 SIGNATURES

99 

 

 

 EXHIBIT LIST

100 





 









 

 

 


 



Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company” and “we,” “our” or “us” on a consolidated basis) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward looking statements represent plans, estimates, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, intentions, projections and statements of our beliefs concerning future events, business plans, expected operating results and the assumptions upon which those statements are based. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by words like “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of those words and other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. We caution that the forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and information available at the time the statements are made and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on factors which are in many instances, beyond our control. Actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should bear this in mind when reading this annual report and not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward-looking statements:

 



 

 



general economic conditions, whether national or regional, and conditions in the lending markets in which we participate that may have an adverse effect on the demand for our loans and other products, our credit quality and related levels of nonperforming assets and loan losses, and the value and salability of the real estate that we own or that is the collateral for our loans;



 



 

 



results of examinations of us by our regulators, including the possibility that our regulators may, among other things, require us to increase our reserve for loan losses or to write-down assets;



 

 



our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy;



 

 



impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets;



 



 

 



changing bank regulatory conditions, policies or programs, whether arising as new legislation or regulatory initiatives, that could lead to restrictions on activities of banks generally, or our subsidiary banks in particular, more restrictive regulatory capital requirements, increased costs, including deposit insurance premiums, regulation or prohibition of certain income producing activities or changes in the secondary market for loans and other products;



 



 

 



changes in market rates and prices may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet;



 



 

 



our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;



 



 

 



the effect of legislative or regulatory developments, including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry;



 



 

 



competitive factors among financial services organizations, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking professionals;



 



 

 



the growth and profitability of non-interest or fee income being less than expected;



 



 

 



the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and



 



 

 



the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.

 

You should also consider carefully the Risk Factors contained in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, which address additional factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements and could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. The risks discussed in this annual report are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, management believes could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider such disclosures to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties.

 

The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except to the extent required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

4

 


 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business .

BUSINESS

 

General

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of Maryland on March 15, 1996 and is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company is the largest independent financial holding company located on the Eastern Shore of Maryland. The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides commercial banking products and services, including trust, wealth management and financial planning services, and insurance products and services. The Company and its affiliated subsidiaries are Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer s. Financial information related to our operations in these segments for each of the three years ended December 31, 2016 is provided in Note 27 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.   

 

Until June 30, 2016, the Company conducted its banking operations through two wholly owned banking subsidiaries, CNB and The Talbot Bank of Easton (“Talbot”). CNB and Talbot, which commenced operations in 1876 and 1885, respectively, were merged on July 1, 2016 to form Shore United Bank (the “Bank”). The consolidation has streamlined efficiencies, reduced costs and facilitated a consistent corporate culture and unified branding.   As used in this annual report, the term “Banks” refers to CNB and Talbot   for periods prior to July 1, 2016 and the term “Bank” refers to Shore United Bank for all other periods.   

The Company engages in the insurance business through an insurance producer, The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, with two specialty lines, trading as Elliot Wilson Insurance (Trucking) and Jack Martin & Associates (Marine); and an insurance premium finance company, Mubell Finance, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, (all of the foregoing are collectively referred to as the “Insurance Subsidiaries”).

 

Banking Products and Services

 

Shore United Bank is a Maryland chartered commercial bank with trust powers that can trace its origin to 1876.  The Bank currently operates 18 full service branches and 20 ATMs and provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking products and services to individuals, businesses, and other organizations in Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware. The Banks’ deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

 

The Bank is an independent community bank that serves businesses and individuals in their respective market areas. Services offered are essentially the same as those offered by larger regional institutions that compete with the Bank. Services provided to businesses include commercial checking, savings, certificates of deposit and overnight investment sweep accounts. The Bank offers all forms of commercial lending, including secured and unsecured loans, working capital loans, lines of credit, term loans, accounts receivable financing, real estate acquisition and development, construction loans and letters of credit. Merchant credit card clearing services are available as well as direct deposit of payroll, internet banking and telephone banking services.

 

Services to individuals include checking accounts, various savings programs, mortgage loans, home improvement loans, installment and other personal loans, credit cards, personal lines of credit, automobile and other consumer financing, safe deposit boxes, debit cards, 24-hour telephone banking, internet banking, mobile banking, and 24-hour automatic teller machine services. The Bank also offers nondeposit products, such as mutual funds and annuities, and discount brokerage services to their customers. Additionally, the Bank has Saturday hours and extended hours on certain evenings during the week for added customer convenience.

 

5

 


 

 

Lending Activities

 

The Bank originates secured and unsecured loans for business purposes. Commercial loans are typically secured by real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other assets of the business. Commercial loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one to four family residential mortgage loans. Repayment is often dependent upon the successful operation of the business and may be affected by adverse conditions in the local economy or real estate market. The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers is therefore carefully analyzed during the loan approval process, and continues to be monitored by obtaining business financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns. The frequency of this ongoing analysis depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and collateral that secures the loan. It is also the Bank s general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the commercial loan borrowers.

 

The Bank s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by land for residential and commercial development, agricultural purpose properties, service industry buildings such as restaurants and motels, retail buildings and general purpose business space. The Bank attempts to mitigate the risks associated with these loans through thorough financial analyses, conservative underwriting procedures, including loan to value ratio standards, obtaining additional collateral, closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans, and management’s knowledge of the local economy in which the Bank lends.

 

The Bank provides residential real estate construction loans to builders and individuals for single family dwellings. Residential construction loans are usually granted based upon “as completed” appraisals and are secured by the property under construction. Additional collateral may be taken if loan to value ratios exceed 80%. Site inspections are performed to determine pre-specified stages of completion before loan proceeds are disbursed. These loans typically have maturities of six to 12 months and may have fixed or variable rate features. Permanent financing options for individuals include fixed and variable rate loans with three- and five-year balloon features and one-, three- and five-year adjustable rate mortgage loans. The risk of loss associated with real estate construction lending is controlled through conservative underwriting procedures such as loan to value ratios of 80% or less at origination, obtaining additional collateral when prudent, and closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans.

 

The Bank originates fixed and variable rate residential mortgage loans. As with any consumer loan, repayment is dependent upon the borrower’s continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Underwriting standards recommend loan to value ratios not to exceed 80% at origination based on appraisals performed by approved appraisers. The Bank relies on title insurance to protect their lien priorities and protect the property securing the loans by requiring fire and casualty insurance.

 

A variety of consumer loans are offered to customers, including home equity loans, credit cards and other secured and unsecured lines of credit and term loans. Careful analysis of an applicant’s creditworthiness is performed before granting credit, and ongoing monitoring of loans outstanding is performed in an effort to minimize risk of loss by identifying problem loans early.

 

Deposit Activitie s

 

The Bank offers a full array of deposit products including checking, savings and money market accounts, and regular and IRA certificates of deposit. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, providing up to $50 million of FDIC insurance to our customers. In addition, we offer our commercial customers packages which include cash management services and various checking opportunities.

 

Trust Services

 

The Bank has a trust dep artment through which it offers trust, asset management and financial planning services to customers within our market areas using the trade name Wye Financial & Trust.

 

Internet Access to Company Documents. The Company provides access to its Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") filings through its web site at www.shorebancshares.com. After accessing the web site, the filings are available upon selecting "Investor Relations." Reports available include the annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

6

 


 

Insurance Products and Services

 

The Insurance Subsidiaries offer a full range of insurance products and services to customers throughout the Delmarva Region. The insurance entity of Avon Dixon offers coverage under the categories of personal, business, benefits, commercial trucking, and marine which are provided below:

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Auto

 

-Health/Dental

 

-Long-Term Care

 

-Travel

-Boat/Yacht

 

-Home

 

-Motorcycle & ATV

 

-Umbrella

-Flood

 

-Life

 

-Recreational Vehicle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Auto

 

-Directors & Officers

 

-Foreign Liability

 

-Marine & Boat builders

-Contractors

 

-Excess Liability

 

-General Liability

 

-Local/Long-Haul Trucking

-Cyber Liability

 

-Farm

 

-Workers Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Health/Dental

 

-Medicare & Supplemental

 

-Group Dental

 

 

-Annuities

 

Prescription Plans

 

-Voluntary Benefits

 

 

-Long-Term Care

 

-Group Health

 

-Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Trucking

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Primary Liability

 

-Physical Damage

 

-Motor Truck Cargo

 

-Occupational/Accidental

-Non-Trucking Liability

 

  (comprehensive & collision)

 

-Surety Bonds

 

 

-Excess/Umbrella

 

-General Liability

 

-Workers Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marine

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Yachts

 

-Ocean Voyaging

 

 

 

 

-Boats

 

-Grand Prix Yacht Racing

 

 

 

 

-Charter

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

In addition, the Company offers insurance premium financing through a separate legal entity, Mubell, LLC.

 

Seasonality

 

Management does not believe that our business activities are seasonal in nature.

 

Employees

 

At February 28, 2017 , we employed 305 persons, of which 290 were employed on a full-time basis. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are a party to a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company considers its employee relations to be excellent.

 

COMPETITION

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its community of companies operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competitors include community banks, commercial banks, credit unions, thrifts, mortgage banking companies, credit card issuers, investment advisory firms, brokerage firms, mutual fund companies, insurance companies, and e-commerce and other internet based companies. We compete with our competitors on a local and regional basis as it relates to banking and investments, and on a national basis for our insurance products.

 

The primary factors when competing in the financial service market include personalized services, the quality and range of products and services, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending services, price, customer convenience, and our ability to attract and retain experienced employees.

 

To compete in our market areas, we utilize multiple media channels including print, online, social media, television, radio, direct mail, e-mail and digital signage. Our employees also play a significant role in maintaining existing relationships with customers while establishing new relationships to grow all areas of our businesses.

 

7

 


 

 

The following tables set forth deposit data for FDIC-insured institutions in Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware as of June 30, 201 6, the most recent date for which comparative information is available.







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Kent County, Maryland

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

PNC Bank, NA

 

$

190,630 

 

33.10 

%

The Peoples Bank

 

 

184,446 

 

32.03 

 

Branch Banking & Trust

 

 

79,059 

 

13.73 

 

Chesapeake Bank & Trust Co.

 

 

72,605 

 

12.61 

 

Shore United Bank

 

 

49,190 

 

8.53 

 

Total

 

$

575,930 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Queen Anne's County, Maryland

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

The Queenstown Bank of MD

 

$

351,701 

 

37.68 

%

Shore United Bank

 

 

236,969 

 

25.39 

 

Bank of America, NA

 

 

89,036 

 

9.54 

 

PNC Bank, NA

 

 

87,524 

 

9.38 

 

M&T

 

 

64,887 

 

6.95 

 

First National Bank of Pennsylvania

 

 

47,815 

 

5.12 

 

Branch Banking & Trust

 

 

27,631 

 

2.96 

 

The Peoples Bank

 

 

14,326 

 

1.54 

 

SunTrust Bank

 

 

13,409 

 

1.44 

 

Total

 

$

933,298 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Caroline County, Maryland

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Provident State Bank, Inc

 

$

185,253 

 

44.60 

%

PNC Bank, NA

 

 

92,764 

 

22.33 

 

Shore United Bank

 

 

64,480 

 

15.52 

 

M&T

 

 

39,332 

 

9.47 

 

Branch Banking & Trust

 

 

26,593 

 

6.40 

 

The Queenstown Bank of MD

 

 

6,968 

 

1.68 

 

Total

 

$

415,390 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 





8

 


 





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Talbot County, Maryland

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Shore United Bank

 

$

493,632 

 

41.90 

%

Bank of America, NA

 

 

181,540 

 

15.41 

 

PNC Bank, NA

 

 

158,213 

 

13.43 

 

1880 Bank

 

 

97,825 

 

8.30 

 

Branch Banking & Trust

 

 

69,205 

 

5.88 

 

M&T

 

 

53,814 

 

4.57 

 

The Queenstown Bank of MD

 

 

44,963 

 

3.82 

 

Provident State Bank, Inc

 

 

39,628 

 

3.36 

 

SunTrust Bank

 

 

39,196 

 

3.33 

 

Total

 

$

1,178,016 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Dorchester County, Maryland

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

1880 Bank

 

$

157,739 

 

28.30 

%

Hebron Savings Bank

 

 

123,933 

 

22.23 

 

Branch Banking & Trust

 

 

68,880 

 

12.36 

 

Provident State Bank, Inc

 

 

68,372 

 

12.26 

 

M&T

 

 

39,048 

 

7.00 

 

Bank of America, NA

 

 

36,046 

 

6.47 

 

SunTrust Bank

 

 

32,953 

 

5.91 

 

Shore United Bank

 

 

30,472 

 

5.47 

 

Total

 

$

557,443 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

% of

Kent County, Delaware

 

Deposits

 

Total



 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

M&T

 

$

501,541 

 

26.87 

%

PNC Bank, NA

 

 

388,547 

 

20.81 

 

Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB

 

 

311,223 

 

16.67 

 

Citizens Bank, NA

 

 

202,711 

 

10.86 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, NA

 

 

174,986 

 

9.37 

 

Shore United Bank

 

 

89,291 

 

4.78 

 

TD Bank, NA

 

 

73,381 

 

3.93 

 

Artisans' Bank

 

 

49,615 

 

2.66 

 

County Bank

 

 

40,327 

 

2.16 

 

MidCoast Community Bank

 

 

26,873 

 

1.45 

 

The Fort Sill National Bank

 

 

8,272 

 

0.44 

 

Total

 

$

1,866,767 

 

100.00 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: FDIC DataBook

 

 

 

 

 

 



For further information about competition in our market areas, see the Risk Factor entitled “We operate in a highly competitive market and our inability to effectively compete in our markets could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations” in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.

9

 


 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

The following is a summary of the material regulations and policies applicable to us and is not intended to be a comprehensive discussion. Changes in applicable laws and regulations may have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

General

 

The Company is a financial holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under the BHC Act and, as such, is subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the FRB.

 

The Bank is a Maryland chartered commercial bank subject to the banking laws of Maryland and to regulation by the Commissioner of Financial Regulation of Maryland, who is required by statute to make at least one examination in each calendar year (or at 12-month intervals if the Commissioner determines that an examination is unnecessary in a particular calendar year). The primary federal regulator of the Bank is the FRB. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC, so certain laws and regulations administered by the FDIC also govern their deposit taking operations. In addition to the foregoing, the Bank is subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect the business of banking generally.

 

Nonbank affiliates of the Company are subject to examination by the FRB, and, as affiliates of the Bank, may be subj ect to examination by the Bank’s regulators from time to time. In addition, the Insurance Subsidiaries are each subject to licensing and regulation by the insurance authorities of the states in which they do business. Retail sales of insurance products by the Insurance Subsidiaries to customers of the Bank are also subject to the requirements of the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products promulgated in 1994, as amended, by the FDIC, the FRB and the other federal banking agencies.

 

Regulation of Financial Holding Companies

 

In November 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) was signed into law. The GLB Act revised the BHC Act and repealed the affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, which, taken together, limited the securities, insurance and other non-banking activities of any company that controls an FDIC insured financial institution. Under the GLB Act, a bank holding company can elect, subject to certain qualifications, to become a “financial holding company.” The GLB Act provides that a financial holding company may engage in a full range of financial activities, including insurance and securities underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investment activities, with new expedited notice procedures. The Company is a financial holding company.

 

Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of strength to the bank, and the FRB may charge the Company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to the bank when required. This support may be required at times when the C ompany may not have the resources to provide the support. Under the prompt corrective action provisions, if a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require the bank holding company to guarantee the bank’s capital restoration plan. In addition, if the FRB believes that a C ompany’s activities, assets or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a controlled bank, then the FRB could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets or divest the affiliates. The regulators may require these and other actions in support of controlled banks even if such actions are not in the best interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders. Because the Company is a bank holding company, it is viewed as a source of financial and managerial strength for any controlled depository institutions, like the Bank.

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which made sweeping changes to the financial regulatory landscape that impacts all financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act directs federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as sources of financial strength for the institution. The term “source of financial strength” is defined under the Dodd-Frank Act as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress. The appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that control the insured depository institution to assess their abilities to serve as sources of strength and to enforce compliance with the source-of-strength requirements. The appropriate federal banking agency may also require a holding company to provide financial assistance to a bank with impaired capital. Under this requirement, the Company could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress.



In addition, under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), depository institutions insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably anticipated to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default. Accordingly, in the event that any insured subsidiary of the Company causes a loss to the FDIC, other insured subsidiaries of the Company could be required to compensate the FDIC by reimbursing it for the estimated amount of such loss. Such cross guaranty liabilities generally are superior in priority to obligations of a financial institution to its stockholders and obligations to other affiliates.

10

 


 

Federal Regulation of Banks

 

Federal and state banking regulators may prohibit the institutions over which they have supervisory authority from engaging in activities or investments that the agencies believe are unsafe or unsound banking practices. These banking regulators have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound practices. Enforcement actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions.

 

The Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A and Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A limits the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, and investments in, the Company and its nonbank affiliates by the Bank. Section 23B requires that transactions between the Bank and the Company and its nonbank affiliates be on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same as with non-affiliates.

 

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders or any related interest of such persons, which generally require that such credit extensions be made on substantially the same terms as are available to third parties dealing with the Bank and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. Other laws tie the maximum amount that may be loaned to any one customer and its related interests to capital levels.

 

As part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking regulator adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards include internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. An institution that fails to meet those standards may be required by the agency to develop a plan acceptable to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions. The Company, on behalf of the Bank, believes that the Bank meets substantially all standards that have been adopted. FDICIA also imposes capital standards on insured depository institutions.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires that, in connection with the examination of financial institutions within their jurisdictions, the federal banking regulators evaluate the record of the financial institution in meeting the credit needs of their communities including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks. These factors are also considered by all regulatory agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. As of the date of its most recent examination report, the Bank has a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.”

 

The Bank is also subject to a variety of other laws and regulations with respect to the operation of their businesses, including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Expedited Funds Availability (Regulation CC), Reserve Requirements (Regulation D), Privacy of Consumer Information (Regulation P), Margin Stock Loans (Regulation U), the Right To Financial Privacy Act, the Flood Disaster Protection Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the CAN-SPAM Act, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act.



The Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to set minimum capital levels for bank holding companies that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions. The legislation also establishes a floor for capital of insured depository institutions and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements. The new leverage and capital requirements must take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has backup enforcement authority over a depository institution holding company, such as the Company, if the conduct or threatened conduct of such holding company poses a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), although such authority may not be used if the holding company is generally in sound condition and does not pose a foreseeable and material risk to the DIF. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains a wide variety of provisions (many of which are not yet effective) affecting the regulation of depository institutions, including restrictions related to mortgage originations, risk retention requirements as to securitized loans and the establishment of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).

 

The Dodd-Frank Act will increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act will require us to invest significant management attention and resources so that we can evaluate the impact of this law and its regulations and make any necessary changes to our product offerings and operations. These impacts may be material.

11

 


 

 

On February 3, 2017, President Trump signed an executive order calling for his administration to review existing U.S. financial laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act, in order to determine their consistency with a set of “core principles” of financial policy. The core financial principles identified in the executive order include the following: empowering Americans to make independent financial decisions and informed choices in the marketplace, save for retirement, and build individual wealth; preventing taxpayer-funded bailouts; fostering economic growth and vibrant financial markets through more rigorous regulatory impact analysis that addresses systemic risk and market failures, such as moral hazard and information asymmetry; enabling American companies to be competitive with foreign firms in domestic and foreign markets; advancing American interests in international financial regulatory negotiations and meetings; and restoring public accountability within Federal financial regulatory agencies and “rationalizing” the Federal financial regulatory framework.

Although the order does not specifically identify any existing laws or regulations that the administration considers to be inconsistent with the core principles, areas that the mandated agency report may ultimately identify for reform include the Volcker Rule; any “fiduciary” standard applicable to investment advisers and broker-dealers; and the powers, structure and funding arrangements of the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Office of Financial Research, the prudential bank regulators, the SEC, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and CFPB. While some changes can be implemented by the regulatory agencies themselves, implementing much of the anticipated agenda of changes would require legislation from Congress.

In conjunction with the executive order, President Trump also issued a memorandum to the Department of Labor (“DOL”) on the fiduciary rule, delaying the rule’s effectiveness and requiring further analysis. DOL must postpone the application of the rule for 180 days beyond its originally scheduled effective date of April 10, 2017, and must prepare an economic and legal analysis of the likely impact of the rule. If this analysis concludes that the rule will harm investors, disrupt the retirement services industry, increase litigation (and therefore the price of retirement services), be undermined as the result of certain exemptions, or violate any statute (including the Administrative Procedure Act) or that the rule is inconsistent with Administration policy, then DOL must propose rescission of or revisions to the rule.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

General

 

FDICIA established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators are required to rate supervised institutions on the basis of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized;” and to take certain mandatory actions (and are authorized to take other discretionary actions) with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the actions will depend upon the category in which the institution is placed. A depository institution is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order, regulatory agreement, or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” institution is defined as one that has a total risk based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of a bank with a composite CAMEL rating of 1).

 

FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including the payment of cash dividends, or paying a management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee (subject to certain limitations) that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.

 

Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of other requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized and requirements to reduce total assets and stop accepting deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator; generally within 90 days of the date such institution is determined to be critically undercapitalized.

 

As of December 31, 2016,   the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized.” For more information regarding the capital condition of the Company, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

 

12

 


 



Basel III

 

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), an international forum for cooperation on banking supervisory matters, announced the "Basel III" capital standards, which substantially revised the existing capital requirements for banking organizations. Modest revisions were made in June 2011.  On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for the Basel III capital framework. The requirements in the rule began to phase in on January 1, 2015 for the Company. The requirements in the rule will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

 

The rule imposes higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those currently in place. Specifically, the rule imposes the following minimum capital requirements: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% (increased from the previous 4% requirement); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from the previous requirement); and (4) a leverage ratio of 4%.

 

Under the rule, Tier 1 capital has been redefined to include two components: Common Equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The new and highest form of capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such as non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The rule permits bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets to continue to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but not in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that previously qualified in Tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment.

 

In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a "capital conservation buffer" on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally over time, becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019, and will consist of an additional amount of common equity equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.

 

The previous capital rules required certain deductions from or adjustments to capital. The new rule retains many of these deductions and adjustments and also provides for new ones. As a result, deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will be required for goodwill (net of associated deferred tax liabilities); intangible assets such as non-mortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships (net of associated deferred tax liabilities); deferred tax assets that arise from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards (net of any related valuation allowances and net of deferred tax liabilities); any gain on sale in connection with a securitization exposure; any defined benefit pension fund net asset (net of any associated deferred tax liabilities) held by a bank holding company (this provision does not apply to a bank or savings association); the aggregate amount of outstanding equity investments (including retained earnings) in financial subsidiaries; and identified losses.

 

Additionally, the new rule provides for the deduction of three categories of assets: (i) deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that cannot be realized through net operating loss carrybacks (net of related valuation allowances and of deferred tax liabilities), (ii) mortgage servicing assets (net of associated deferred tax liabilities) and (iii) investments in more than 10% of the issued and outstanding common stock of unconsolidated financial institutions (net of associated deferred tax liabilities). The amount in each category that exceeds 10% of Common Equity Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital. The remaining, non-deducted amounts are then aggregated, and the amount by which this total amount exceeds 15% of Common Equity Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital. Amounts of minority investments in consolidated subsidiaries that exceed certain limits and investments in unconsolidated financial institutions may also have to be deducted from the category of capital to which such instruments belong.

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) is presumptively included in Common Equity Tier 1 capital and often would operate to reduce this category of capital. The new rule provided a one-time opportunity at the end of the first quarter of 2015 for covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI and the Company has elected this option. The new rule also has the effect of increasing capital requirements by increasing the risk weights on certain assets, including high volatility commercial real estate, mortgage servicing rights not includable in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, equity exposures, and claims on securities firms, that are used in the denominator of the three risk-based capital ratios.

 

Deposit Insurance

 

The Bank is a member of the FDIC and pay s an insurance premium on a quarterly basis. Deposits are insured by the FDIC through the DIF and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a permanent increase in deposit insurance to $250,000 was authorized. The coverage limit is per depositor, per insured depository institution, for each account ownership category.

13

 


 

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also set a new minimum DIF reserve ratio at 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC is required to attain this ratio by September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to redefine the deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution. Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, an institution’s assessment base has historically been its domestic deposits, with some adjustments. As redefined pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, an institution’s assessment base is now an amount equal to the institution’s average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus average tangible equity. Institutions with $1.0 billion or more in assets at the end of a fiscal quarter must report their average consolidated total assets on a daily basis and report their average tangible equity on an end-of-month balance basis. Institutions with less than $1.0 billion in assets at the end of a fiscal quarter may opt to report average consolidated total assets and average tangible equity on a weekly and end-of-quarter basis, respectively.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which created the DIF, gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions which could be used to impose minimum assessments. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions with less than $10 billion in assets are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital level, and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain other factors. The Bank expensed a total of $696 thousand in FDIC insurance premiums during 2016 . The FDIC has the flexibility to adopt actual deposit assessment rates that are higher or lower than the total base assessment rates adopted without notice and comment, if certain conditions are met.

 

DIF-insured institutions pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued in the 1980s in connection with the failures in the thrift industry. For the fourth quarter of 2016, the FICO assessment was equal to 0.14 0 basis points computed on assets as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These assessments will continue until the bonds mature in 2019.

 

The FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It is also authorized to terminate a depository bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, operations and financial condition.



Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering

 

The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), which is intended to require financial institutions to develop policies, procedures, and practices to prevent and deter money laundering, mandates that every national bank have a written, board-approved program that is reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with the BSA.

 

The program must, at a minimum: (i) provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance; (ii) provide for independent testing for compliance; (iii) designate an individual responsible for coordinating and monitoring day-to-day compliance; and (iv) provide training for appropriate personnel. In addition, state-chartered banks are required to adopt a customer identification program as part of its BSA compliance program. State-chartered banks are also required to file Suspicious Activity Reports when they detect certain known or suspected violations of federal law or suspicious transactions related to a money laundering activity or a violation of the BSA.

 

In addition to complying with the BSA, the Bank is subject to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”). The USA Patriot Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States’ financial system and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers, and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA Patriot Act mandates that financial service companies implement additional policies and procedures and take heightened measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.

 

14

 


 



Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule

 

Pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule on January 10, 2013 (effective on January 10, 2014), amending Regulation Z, as implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, that requires mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision: (i) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (ii) current employment status; (iii) the monthly payment on the covered transaction; (iv) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (v) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (vii) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and (viii) credit history. Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a “qualified mortgage” is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years. In addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed three percent of the total loan amount. Qualified mortgages that are “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance.

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

The shares of the Company’s common stock are registered with the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The Company is subject to information reporting requirements, proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act, including the requirements imposed under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC. Among other things, loans to and other transactions with insiders are subject to restrictions and heightened disclosure, directors and certain committees of the Board must satisfy certain independence requirements, and the Company is generally required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.

 

Governmental Monetary and Credit Policies and Economic Controls

 

The earnings and growth of the banking industry and ultimately of the Company are affected by the monetary and credit policies of governmental authorities, including the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to control recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the federal funds rate, changes in the discount rate of member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies of the FRB authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the FRB, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effect on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

The Company maintains an Internet site at www.shorebancshares.com on which it makes available, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to the foregoing as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In addition, stockholders may access these reports and documents on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov  .



Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS.

 

An investment in our common stock involves significant risks. You should consider carefully the risk factors included below together with all of the information included in or incorporated by reference into this annual report, as the same may be updated from time to time by our future filings with the SEC under the Exchange Act, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of the matters included in the following information about risk factors were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, you may lose all or a substantial part of your investment. To the extent that any of the information contained in this document constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below should be reviewed as cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements.”

15

 


 

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.



Our business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in the local market area.  These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the economy in the United States generally and in our market area in particular.  Several years ago, the national economy experienced an extended recession, with rising unemployment levels, declines in real estate values and erosion in consumer confidence.  Dramatic declines in the U.S. housing market during the recession, with falling home prices and higher levels of foreclosures, negatively affected the performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by many financial institutions.  Although the housing sector has improved, real estate prices have rebounded and consumer confidence has shown improvement, the economy remains in a slow-growth mode in many respects.  A return to elevated levels of unemployment, declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and reduce demand for banking products and services.



A majority of our business is concentrated in Maryland and Delaware, a significant amount of which is concentrated in real estate lending, so a decline in the local economy and real estate markets could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Because most of our loans are made to customers who reside on the Eastern Shore of Maryland and in Delaware, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. Further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, including construction and land development loans, all of which are in greater demand when interest rates are low and economic conditions are good. Accordingly, a decline in local economic conditions would likely have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, and the impact on us would likely be greater than the impact felt by larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. We cannot guarantee that any risk management practices that we implement to address our geographic and loan concentrations will be effective in preventing losses relating to our loan portfolio.

 

Our concentrations of commercial real estate loans could subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and directives, which could force us to preserve or raise capital and/or limit our future commercial lending activities.

 

The FRB and the FDIC, along with the other federal banking regulators, issued guidance in December 2006 entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” directed at institutions that have particularly high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within their lending portfolios. This guidance suggests that these institutions face a heightened risk of financial difficulties in the event of adverse changes in the economy and commercial real estate markets. Accordingly, the guidance suggests that institutions whose concentrations exceed certain percentages of capital should implement heightened risk management practices appropriate to their concentration risk. The guidance provides that banking regulators may require such institutions to reduce their concentrations and/or maintain higher capital ratios than institutions with lower concentrations in commercial real estate. Due to our emphasis on commercial real estate and construction lending , as of December 31, 2016, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans (including construction, land and land development loans) represent ed   219.4 % of total risk based capital. Construction, land and land development loans represent 62.7 % of total risk based capital. The commercial real estate portfolio has increased 35.6 % during the prior 36 months. We may be subject to heightened supervisory scrutiny during future examinations and/or be required to maintain higher levels of capital as a result of our commercial real estate concentrations, which could require us to obtain additional capital, and may adversely affect shareholder returns. Management cannot predict the extent to which this guidance will impact our operations or capital requirements. Further, we cannot guarantee that any risk management practices we implement will be effective in preventing losses resulting from concentrations in our commercial real estate portfolio.

 

Interest rates and other economic conditions will impact our results of operations.

 

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including declines in real estate values, rapid changes in interest rates and the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. Our results of operations are significantly impacted by the spread between the interest rates earned on assets and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities (i.e., net interest income), including advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches (i.e., the interest sensitivity gap) between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities. If more assets reprice or mature than liabilities during a falling interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted. Conversely, if more liabilities reprice or mature than assets during a rising interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable.

16

 


 

 

Changes in interest rates, particularly by the FRB, which implements national monetary policy in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures, also affect the value of our loans. In setting its policy, the FRB may utilize techniques such as: (i) engaging in open market transactions in United States government securities; (ii) setting the discount rate on member bank borrowings; and (iii) determining reserve requirements. These techniques may have an adverse effect on our deposit levels, net interest margin, loan demand or our business and operations. In addition, an increase in interest rates could adversely affect borrowers’ ability to pay the principal or interest on existing loans or reduce their desire to borrow more money. This may lead to an increase in our nonperforming assets, a decrease in loan originations, or a reduction in the value of and income from our loans, any of which could have a material and negative effect on our results of operations.



Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, unemployment, money supply, international events, and events in world financial markets. We attempt to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, re-pricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and results of operations. Changes in the market interest rates for types of products and services in various markets also may vary significantly from location to location and over time based upon competition and local or regional economic factors. At December 31, 2016, our interest rate sensitivity simulation model projected that net interest income would increase by 2.8% if interest rates immediately rose by 200 basis points. The results of an interest rate sensitivity simulation model depend upon a number of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage interest rate risk.

 

The Bank may experience credit losses in excess of its allowances, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management at the Bank bases the allowance for credit losses upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for credit losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities, as a part of their examination process, require the Bank to increase its allowance for credit losses, our earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. Material additions to the allowance for credit losses at the Bank would result in a decrease in the Bank’s net income and capital and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

Although we believe that our allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb any inherent losses in our loan portfolio, these estimates of loan losses are necessarily subjective and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events.

 

While we strive to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become nonperforming, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem loans, but that will result in losses. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become nonperforming assets, or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary.

 

Economic conditions and increased uncertainty in the financial markets could adversely affect our ability to accurately assess our allowance for credit losses. Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers or to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans will be reduced if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors, valuations, assumptions or estimates. We estimate losses inherent in our loan portfolio, the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses and the values of certain assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of economic conditions and how those economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.

 

Our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk.

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had classified 96% of our investment securities as available-for-sale pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320 (“ASC 320”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) relating to accounting for investments. ASC 320 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in stockholders’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The remaining investment securities are classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 and are stated at amortized cost.



In the past, gains on sales of investment securities have not been a significant source of income for us. There can be no assurance that future market performance of our investment portfolio will enable us to realize income from sales of securities. Stockholders’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments. There can be no assurance that the market value of our investment portfolio will not decline, causing a corresponding decline in stockholders’ equity.

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Atlanta. A member of the FHLB system is required to purchase stock issued by the relevant FHLB bank based on how much it borrows from the FHLB and the quality of the collateral pledged to secure that borrowing. Accordingly, our investments include stock issued by the FHLB of Atlanta. These investments could be subject to future impairment charges and there can be no guaranty of future dividends.

17

 


 

 

Management believes that several factors will affect the market values of our investment portfolio. These risk factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and instability in the credit markets. Lack of market activity with respect to some securities has, in certain circumstances, required us to base our fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any changes in these risk factors, in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact our assessment of fair value and thus the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in the investment securities portfolio. Investment securities that previously were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired could require further write-downs due to continued erosion of the creditworthiness of the issuer. Write-downs of investment securities would negatively affect our earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

 

Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

We are required to record a non-cash charge to earnings when management determines that an investment security is other-than-temporarily impaired. In assessing whether the impairment of investment securities is other-than-temporary, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term.

 

Under current accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Intangible assets other than goodwill are also subject to impairment tests at least annually. A decline in the price of the Company’s common stock or occurrence of a triggering event following any of our quarterly earnings releases and prior to the filing of the periodic report for that period could, under certain circumstances, cause us to perform goodwill and other intangible assets impairment tests and result in an impairment charge being recorded for that period which was not reflected in such earnings release. In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill or other intangible assets may be impaired, a non-cash charge for the amount of such impairment would be recorded to earnings. At December 31, 2016, we had recorded goodwill of $11.9 million and other intangible assets of $1.1 million, representing approximately 7.7% and 0.70% of stockholders’ equity, respectively.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Assessing the need for, or the sufficiency of, a valuation allowance requires management to evaluate all available evidence, both negative and positive, including the recent trend of quarterly earnings. Positive evidence necessary to overcome the negative evidence includes whether future taxable income in sufficient amounts and character within the carryback and carry forward periods is available under the tax law, including the use of tax planning strategies. When negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years, history of operating loss or tax credit carry forwards expiring unused) exists, more positive evidence than negative evidence will be necessary. At December 31, 2016, our deferred tax assets were approximately $7.0 million. There was no valuation allowance for deferred taxes recorded at December 31, 2016 as management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred taxes will be realized because they were supported by positive evidence such as the expected generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income from operations and tax planning strategies.

 

The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. See Note s  1 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for further information.

 

The change of control rules under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code may limit our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and other tax attributes to reduce future tax payments which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

 

We have $2.2 million of NOLs for federal and state income tax purposes that can be utilized to offset future taxable income. Our use of the NOLs would be limited, however, under Section 382 of the IRC, if we were to undergo a change in ownership of more than 50% of our capital stock over a three-year period as measured under Section 382 of the IRC. The annual limit generally would equal the product of the applicable federal long term tax exempt rate and the value of our capital stock immediately before the ownership change. Due to the stock sale in June, 2014 and other ownership changes by shareholders owning 5% or more of our common stock, we estimate that we have experienced an ownership change of approximately 44 % within the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 .

 

If we experience an ownership change, the resulting annual limit on the us e of its NOLs could result in an increase in our federal and state income tax liability in future years. Whether an ownership change occurs by reason of public trading in our stock is largely outside our control, and the determination of whether an ownership change has occurred is complex. No assurance can be given that we will not in the future undergo an ownership change that would have an adverse effect on its results of operations and the value of our stock.



Any changes in the Federal or State tax laws may negatively impact our financial performance.



We are subject to changes in tax law that could increase the effective tax rate payable to the state or federal government. These law changes may be retroactive to previous periods and as a result, could negatively affect our current and future financial performance.

18

 


 



Changes in accounting standards or interpretation of new or existing standards may affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.



From time to time the FASB and the SEC change accounting regulations and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, bank regulators and the outside independent auditors may revise their previous interpretations regarding existing accounting regulations and the application of these accounting standards. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how to record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, there could be a requirement to apply a new or revised accounting standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

 

Our future success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive financial services industry.

 

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as other local and community, super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive financial services environment.

 

Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions and many offer products and services that we do not. Many have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. Some of our competitors are not subject to the same regulations that are imposed on us, including credit unions that do not pay federal income tax, and, therefore, have regulatory advantage over us in accessing funding and in providing various services. While we believe we compete effectively with these other financial institutions in our primary markets, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, smaller asset base, lack of geographic diversification and inability to spread our marketing costs across a broader market. If we have to raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on loans to compete effectively, our net interest margin and income could be negatively affected. Failure to compete effectively to attract new or to retain existing, clients may reduce or limit our net income and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth.

 

19

 


 



Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our future growth.

 

We rely on customer deposits, advances from the FHLB, and lines of credit at other financial institutions to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, no assurance can be given that we would be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition or the financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained and/or our cost of funds will increase if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if financing necessary to accommodate future growth is not available at favorable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to place greater reliance on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our profitability would be adversely affected.

 

In addition, the FRB has issued rules pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act governing debit card interchange fees that apply to institutions with greater than $10 billion in assets. Although we are not subject to these rules, market forces may effectively require all banks to adopt debit card interchange fee structures that comply with these rules, in which case our non-interest income for future periods could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The loss of key personnel could disrupt our operations and result in reduced earnings.

 

Our growth and profitability will depend upon our ability to attract and retain skilled managerial, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Our current executive officers provide valuable services based on their many years of experience and in-depth knowledge of the banking industry. Due to the intense competition for financial professionals, these key personnel would be difficult to replace and an unexpected loss of their services could result in a disruption to the continuity of operations and a possible reduction in earnings.

 

The cost savings that we estimate for mergers and acquisitions may not be realized.



The success of our mergers and acquisitions may depend, in part, on the ability to realize the estimated cost savings from combining the acquired businesses with our existing operations. It is possible that the potential cost savings could turn out to be more difficult to achieve than anticipated. The cost savings estimates also depend on the ability to combine the businesses in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or there is an inability to combine successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

Combining acquired businesses with the Bank may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected, or could result in the loss of customers.



It is possible that the process of merger integration of acquired companies could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the ability to maintain relationships with clients and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger or acquisition. There also may be disruptions that cause the Bank to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits. Customers may not readily accept changes to their banking arrangements or other customer relationships after the merger or acquisition.

 

Our lending activities subject us to the risk of environmental liabilities.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations of enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to other adverse claims.

 

We may from time to time be subject to claims from customers for losses due to alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, errors and omissions of employees, officers and agents, incomplete documentation, the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or many other reasons. Also, our employees may knowingly or unknowingly violate laws and regulations. Management may not be aware of any violations until after their occurrence. This lack of knowledge may not insulate us or our subsidiaries from liability. Claims and legal actions may result in legal expenses and liabilities that may reduce our profitability and hurt our financial condition.

20

 


 

 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties and our financial condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to customers, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.



Our exposure to operational, technological and organizational risk may adversely affect us.

 

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputation, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, clerical or record-keeping errors, and errors resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems.

 

Certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as are we) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.

 

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. We, our customers, and other financial institutions with which we interact, are subject to ongoing, continuous attempts to penetrate key systems by individual hackers, organized criminals, and in some cases, state-sponsored organizations. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems, misappropriation of funds, and theft of proprietary Company or customer data. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.  



Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer .



In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations and the services we provide to customers, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our products and services, which could adversely affect our business, revenues and competitive position.

 

Our reliance on third party vendors could expose us to additional cyber risk and liability.



The operation of our business involves outsourcing of certain business functions and reliance on third-party providers, which may result in transmission and maintenance of personal, confidential, and proprietary information to and by such vendors.  Although we require third-party providers to maintain certain levels of information security, such providers remain vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious attacks that could ultimately compromise sensitive information possessed by our company.  Although we contract to limit our liability in connection with attacks against third-party providers, we remain exposed to risk of loss associated with such vendors.

 

21

 


 

We outsource certain aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers which may expose us to additional risk.



We outsource certain key aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. While we have selected these third-party providers carefully, we cannot control their actions. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, including those which result from their failure to provide services for any reason or their poor performance of services, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Replacing these third-party providers could also entail significant delay and expense.

 

Our third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other third-party providers and their personnel. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the activities of our third-party providers or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities.

 

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.



Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to provide customer service, compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we provide our customers the ability to bank remotely, including online over the Internet. The secure transmission of confidential information is a critical element of remote banking. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Further, we outsource some of the data processing functions used for remote banking, and accordingly we are dependent on the expertise and performance of our third-party providers. To the extent that our activities, the activities of our customers, or the activities of our third-party service providers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and ability to attract and maintain customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability and cause reputational damage.



Technological changes affect our business, and we may have fewer resources than many competitors to invest in technological improvements.

 

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to serving customers better, the effective use of technology may increase efficiency and may enable financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in operations. We may need to make significant additional capital investments in technology in the future, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.

 

Risks Relating to the Regulation of our Industry

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could restrain our growth and profitability.

 

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework that oversees the administration of these laws and regulations, are primarily intended to protect depositors, the DIF and the banking system as a whole, and not shareholders and consumers. These laws and regulations, among other matters, affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, operations and growth. Compliance with the myriad laws and regulations applicable to our organization can be difficult and costly. In addition, these laws, regulations and policies are subject to continual review by governmental authorities, and changes to these laws, regulations and policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of these laws, regulations and policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and often impose additional compliance costs. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act and regulatory capital rules, could make compliance more difficult or expensive. All of these laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework applicable to our industry, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22

 


 

 

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

 

The FRB, the FDIC and the Commissioner periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, the FRB, the FDIC or the Commissioner were to determine that our financial condition, capital resource, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase.

 

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Banks’ regular assessments are determined by its risk classifications, which are based on its regulatory capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that it poses. High levels of bank failures since the beginning of the financial crisis and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased resolution costs to the FDIC and put significant pressure on the DIF . In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC increased deposit insurance assessment rates and charged a special assessment to all FDIC-insured financial institutions. Further increase in assessment rates or special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution's performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisition activity, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to evolving and extensive regulations and requirements. Our failure to adhere to these requirements or the failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could seriously harm our business.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation as a financial institution and are also required to follow the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a company whose stock is registered under the Exchange Act and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Compliance with these requirements means we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Compliance also requires a significant diversion of management time and attention, particularly with regard to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Although we have reviewed, and will continue to review, our disclosure controls and procedures in order to determine whether they are effective, our controls and procedures may not be able to prevent errors or frauds in the future. Faulty judgments, simple errors or mistakes, or the failure of our personnel to adhere to established controls and procedures may make it difficult for us to ensure that the objectives of the control system will be met. A failure of our controls and procedures to detect other than inconsequential errors or fraud could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the BSA and other anti-money laundering statues and regulations.

 

The BSA, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

23

 


 

Risks Relating to the Company’s Securities

 

Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity.

 

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental entity. Investment in our common stock is subject to risk, including possible loss.

 

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by law and contract.



The continued ability to pay dividends to shareholders depends in part on dividends from the Bank . The amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company is limited by federal laws and regulations. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition and cash flow requirements.  There is no assurance that the Bank will be able to pay dividends to the Company in the future.  The decision may be made to limit the payment of dividends even when the legal ability to pay them exists, in order to retain earnings for other uses. 

 

The shares of our common stock are not heavily traded.

 

Shares of our common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, but are not heavily traded. Securities that are not heavily traded can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly and may decline in response to a variety of factors including:

 



 

 



Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations;



Developments in our business or the financial sector generally;



Recommendations by securities analysts;



Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;



News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;



Perceptions in the marketplace regarding us or our competitors;



New technology used or services offered by competitors;



Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint venture or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors;



Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions;



Regulatory changes affecting our industry generally or our business or operations; or



Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.



Management cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for the shares of the common stock will develop or be sustained in the future. Accordingly, holders of shares of our common stock may not be able to sell them at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire. General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results. We urge you to obtain current market quotations for our common stock when you consider investing in our common stock.

 

Future sales of our common stock or other securities may dilute the value and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.



In many situations, the board of directors has the authority, without any vote of our shareholders, to issue shares of authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under our equity incentive plans. In the future, additional securities may be issued, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital. Any such issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book value of our common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when we would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.

24

 


 

Our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and Maryland law may discourage a corporate takeover which may make it more difficult for stockholders to receive a change in control premium.

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as supplemented (the “Charter”), and Amended and Restated By-Laws, as amended (the “By-Laws”), contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the board of directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of us. The Charter and By-Laws provide for the classification of the board into three classes; directors of each class generally serve for staggered three-year periods. No director may be removed except for cause and then only by a vote of at least two-thirds of the total eligible stockholder votes. The Charter gives the board certain powers in respect of our securities. First, the board has the authority to classify and reclassify unissued shares of stock of any class or series of stock by setting, fixing, eliminating, or altering in any one or more respects the preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of, dividends on, and redemption, conversion, exchange, and other rights of, such securities. Second, a majority of the board, without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class that we have authority to issue. The board could use these powers, along with its authority to authorize the issuance of securities of any class or series, to issue securities having terms favorable to management to persons affiliated with or otherwise friendly to management.

 

Maryland law also contains anti-takeover provisions that apply to us. The Maryland Business Combination Act generally prohibits, subject to certain limited exceptions, corporations from being involved in any “business combination” (defined as a variety of transactions, including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) with any “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the most recent date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is defined generally as a person who is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question and after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock. The Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act applies to acquisitions of “control shares,” which, subject to certain exceptions, are shares the acquisition of which entitle the holder, directly or indirectly, to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of shares of stock of the corporation in the election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting power: one-tenth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power or a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares have limited voting rights. The By-Laws exempt our capital securities from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, but the board has the authority to eliminate the exemption without stockholder approval.

 

Although these provisions do not preclude a takeover, they may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or deferring a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock. Such provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors and of management more difficult and, therefore, may serve to perpetuate current management. These provisions could potentially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

We may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to the common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of the common stock.

 

In the future, we may increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt or preferred securities would receive a distribution of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. We cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of its future offerings and debt financings. Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of our common stock and dilute a stockholder’s interest in us.

 

Item 1B.   Unres olved Staff Comments.

 

None.

 

25

 


 

 

Item 2.   Prop erties .

  

Our offices are listed in the tables below. The address of the Company’s main office is 28969 Information Lane in Easton, Maryland. The Company owns the real property at this location, which also houses the Operations, Information Technology and Finance departments of the Company and its subsidiaries, and certain operations of The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC.

 



 

 

 

 

Shore United Bank

  

 

Branches

 

 

Main Office

18 East Dover Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Elliott Road Branch

8275 Elliott Road

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Tred Avon Square Branch

212 Marlboro Road

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

 

 

 

 

St. Michaels Branch

1013 South Talbot Street

St. Michaels, Maryland 21663

 

Sunburst Branch

424 Dorchester Avenue

Cambridge, Maryland 21613

 

Tilghman Branch

5804 Tilghman Island Road

Tilghman, Maryland 21671

 

 

 

 

 

 Centreville Branch

109 North Commerce Street

Centreville, Maryland 21617

 

Route 213 South Branch

2609 Centreville Road

Centreville, Maryland 21617

 

Chester Branch

300 Castle Marina Road

Chester, Maryland 21619



 

 

 

 

Denton Branch

850 South 5 th Avenue

Denton, Maryland 21629

 

Grasonville Branch

202 Pullman Crossing

Grasonville, Maryland 21638

 

Stevensville Branch

408 Thompson Creek Road

Stevensville, Maryland 21666

 

 

 

 

 

Tuckahoe Branch

22151 WES Street

Ridgely, Maryland 21660

 

 

Washington Square Branch

899 Washington Avenue

Chestertown, Maryland 21620

 

 

Felton Branch

120 West Main Street

Felton, Delaware 19943

 

 

 

 

 

 

Milford Branch

698-A North Dupont Boulevard

Milford, Delaware 19963

 

 

Camden Branch

4580 South DuPont Highway

Camden, Delaware 19934

 

 

Dover Branch

800 S. Governors Avenue

Dover, Delaware 19904



 

ATMs

 

 

Memorial Hospital at Easton

219 South Washington Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Talbottown

218 North Washington Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Offices

 

 

Division Office - Wye Financial & Trust

16 North Washington Street, Suite 1

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Loan Production Office – Middletown

651 North Broad Street

Suite 201

Middletown, Delaware 19709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Avon-Dixon Agency, LL   C

 

 

 

 

Headquarters

106 North Harrison Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Benefits Office

28969 Information Lane

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Centreville Office

2977 4H Park Road, Suite 204

Centreville, Maryland 21617

 

 

 

 

 

Elliott-Wilson Insurance

106 North Harrison Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

Jack Martin & Associates

135 Old Solomon’s Island Road

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mubell Finance, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Headquarters

106 North Harrison Street

Easton, Maryland 21601

 

 

 

 

 

26

 


 

 

The Bank owns the real property on which all of its Maryland offices are located, except that it operates under leases at its St. Michaels and Tilghman branches and the office of Wye Financial and Trust in Easton. The Bank leases the real property on which all of its Delaware offices are located, except that it owns the real property on which the Camden and Dover Branch es   are located. The Insurance Subsidiaries do not own any real property, but operate under leases. For information about rent expense for all leased premises, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

 





 

 



Item 3.

L egal Proceedings.



 

We are at times, in the ordinary course of business, subject to legal actions. Management, upon the advice of counsel, believes that losses, if any, resulting from current legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 





 

 



Item 4.

Min e Safety Disclosures.

 

This item is not applicable.

 

27

 


 

 

PART II

 



 

 



Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.



 

MARKET PRICE, HOLDERS AND CASH DIVIDENDS

 

T he shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SHBI”. As of February 28, 2017 , the Company had approximately 2,616 registered holders of record. The high and low sales prices for the shares of common stock of the Company, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and the cash dividends declared on those shares for each quarterly period of 2016 and 2015 are set forth in the table below.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

 

2015



 

Price Range

 

Dividends

 

 

Price Range

 

Dividends



 

High

 

Low

 

Paid

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Paid

First Quarter

 

$

12.10 

 

$

10.61 

 

$

0.03 

 

 

$

9.30 

 

$

9.03 

 

$

 -

Second Quarter

 

 

12.45 

 

 

10.84 

 

 

0.03 

 

 

 

9.55 

 

 

9.43 

 

 

 -

Third Quarter

 

 

11.95 

 

 

10.84 

 

 

0.03 

 

 

 

9.72 

 

 

9.37 

 

 

0.02 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

16.54 

 

 

11.59 

 

 

0.05 

 

 

 

11.00 

 

 

10.64 

 

 

0.02 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.04 



On February 28, 2017 , the closing sales price for the shares of common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $ 17.3 7 per share.

 

Shareholders received quarterly cash common stock dividends totaling $1.8 million in 2016 and $506 thousand in 2015. Dividends have increased from 2015 due to the Company’s improved operating results and the regulatory upgrade of Talbot in 2015 . As a general matter, the payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on such factors as operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, and stockholder return. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited by federal banking and state corporate law and is generally dependent on the ability of the Bank to declare dividends to the Company. For more information regarding these dividend limitations, see “Risk Factors - Our ability to pay dividends is limited by law and contract”.

 

The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is:

 

Broadridge

51 Mercedes Way

Edgewood, NY 11717

Investor Relations: 1-800-353-0103

E-mail for investor inquiries: shareholder@broadridge.com  .

www.broadridge.com

 

28

 


 

 

The performance graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the common stock of the Company with the cumulative total return on the equity securities included in the NASDAQ Composite Index (reflecting overall stock market performance), the NASDAQ Bank Index (reflecting changes in banking industry stocks), the SNL Small Cap Bank Index and the SNL U.S. Bank Nasdaq Index (reflecting changes in stocks of banking institutions of a size similar to the Company) assuming in each case an initial $100 investment on December 31, 2011 and reinvestment of dividends as of the end of each of the Company’s fiscal years between December 31, 201 1 and December 31, 2016 . Returns are shown on a total return basis. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.

 

PICTURE 1

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period Ending

 

Index

 

12/31/11

 

 

12/31/12

 

 

12/31/13

 

 

12/31/14

 

 

12/31/15

 

 

12/31/16

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

 

 

100.00 

 

 

 

104.85 

 

 

 

179.35 

 

 

 

181.71 

 

 

 

212.50 

 

 

 

301.29 

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

 

100.00 

 

 

 

117.45 

 

 

 

164.57 

 

 

 

188.84 

 

 

 

201.98 

 

 

 

219.89 

 

NASDAQ Bank

 

 

100.00 

 

 

 

118.69 

 

 

 

168.21 

 

 

 

176.48 

 

 

 

192.08 

 

 

 

265.02 

 

SNL Small Cap Bank

 

 

100.00 

 

 

 

116.48 

 

 

 

162.46 

 

 

 

171.24 

 

 

 

187.53 

 

 

 

265.89 

 

SNL U.S. Bank NASDAQ

 

 

100.00 

 

 

 

119.19 

 

 

 

171.31 

 

 

 

177.42 

 

 

 

191.53 

 

 

 

265.56 

 



 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

Pursuant to the SEC’s Regulation S-K Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 106.01, the information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans required by this Item pursuant to Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is located in Item 12 of Part III of this annual report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

29

 


 





 

 



Item 6.

Se lecte d Financial Data.

 

The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for each of the five years ended December 31, 2016 , and is qualified in its entirety by the detailed statistical and other information contained in this annual report, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report and the financial statements and notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

40,652 

 

 

$

38,871 

 

 

$

38,289 

 

 

$

41,351 

 

 

$

45,901 

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,403 

 

 

 

3,346 

 

 

 

4,247 

 

 

 

6,475 

 

 

 

10,562 

 

Net interest income

 

 

38,249 

 

 

 

35,525 

 

 

 

34,042 

 

 

 

34,876 

 

 

 

35,339 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

1,848 

 

 

 

2,075 

 

 

 

3,350 

 

 

 

27,784 

 

 

 

27,745 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

losses

 

 

36,401 

 

 

 

33,450 

 

 

 

30,692 

 

 

 

7,092 

 

 

 

7,594 

 

Noninterest income

 

 

16,645 

 

 

 

15,416 

 

 

 

16,781 

 

 

 

17,459 

 

 

 

15,758 

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

37,147 

 

 

 

37,350 

 

 

 

39,361 

 

 

 

40,686 

 

 

 

39,555 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

15,899 

 

 

 

11,516 

 

 

 

8,112 

 

 

 

(16,135)

 

 

 

(16,203)

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,261 

 

 

 

4,408 

 

 

 

3,061 

 

 

 

(6,501)

 

 

 

(6,565)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

9,638 

 

 

$

7,108 

 

 

$

5,051 

 

 

$

(9,634)

 

 

$

(9,638)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PER COMMON SHARE DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) - basic

 

$

0.76 

 

 

$

0.56 

 

 

$

0.46 

 

 

$

(1.14)

 

 

$

(1.14)

 

Net income (loss) - diluted

 

 

0.76 

 

 

 

0.56 

 

 

 

0.46 

 

 

 

(1.14)

 

 

 

(1.14)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

0.14 

 

 

 

0.04 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

0.01 

 

Book value (at year end)

 

 

12.18 

 

 

 

11.64 

 

 

 

11.13 

 

 

 

12.19 

 

 

 

13.48 

 

Tangible book value (at year end) 1

 

 

11.16 

 

 

 

10.59 

 

 

 

10.08 

 

 

 

10.31 

 

 

 

11.56 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION (at year end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

871,525 

 

 

$

795,114 

 

 

$

710,746 

 

 

$

711,919 

 

 

$

785,082 

 

Assets

 

 

1,160,271 

 

 

 

1,135,143 

 

 

 

1,100,402 

 

 

 

1,054,124 

 

 

 

1,185,807 

 

Deposits

 

 

997,489 

 

 

 

975,464 

 

 

 

949,004 

 

 

 

933,468 

 

 

 

1,049,273 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

154,299 

 

 

 

146,967 

 

 

 

140,469 

 

 

 

103,299 

 

 

 

114,026 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS (for the year):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

 

 

0.84 

%

 

 

0.64 

%

 

 

0.47 

%

 

 

(0.89)

%

 

 

(0.82)

%

Return on average stockholders' equity

 

 

6.32 

 

 

 

4.93 

 

 

 

4.04 

 

 

 

(8.64)

 

 

 

(8.07)

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.56 

 

 

 

3.43 

 

 

 

3.43 

 

 

 

3.48 

 

 

 

3.23 

 

Efficiency ratio 2

 

 

67.43 

 

 

 

73.21 

 

 

 

77.45 

 

 

 

77.59 

 

 

 

77.17 

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

18.42 

 

 

 

7.14 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

(0.88)

 

Average stockholders' equity to average total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

13.36 

 

 

 

13.04 

 

 

 

11.66 

 

 

 

10.31 

 

 

 

10.18 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS (for the year):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

0.99 

%

 

 

1.44 

%

 

 

1.57 

%

 

 

2.11 

%

 

 

3.76 

%

Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

total assets

 

 

2.11 

 

 

 

2.81 

 

 

 

3.09 

 

 

 

4.58 

 

 

 

8.18 

 

Allowance for credit losses to loans

 

 

1.00 

 

 

 

1.05 

 

 

 

1.08 

 

 

 

1.51 

 

 

 

2.04 

 

Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans

 

 

97.26 

 

 

 

68.77 

 

 

 

57.14 

 

 

 

59.10 

 

 

 

43.84 

 

Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans and TDRs

 

 

39.71 

 

 

 

30.14 

 

 

 

25.53 

 

 

 

24.25 

 

 

 

18.00 

 

 



 



1 Total stockholders’ equity, net of goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at year end.

 

2 Noninterest expense as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total noninterest income). Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.

30

 


 

 



Item 7. Mana gement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion compares the Company’s financial condition at December 31, 2016 to its financial condition at December 31, 2015 and the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

 

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

The Company recorded net income of $9.64 million for 2016 , net income of $7.11 million for 2015 , and net income of $5.05 million for 2014 . The basic and diluted income per share was $0.76 for 2016, $0.56 for 2015, and $0.46 for 2014 . When comparing 2016 to 2015 and 2014 , earnings were significantly improved due to an increase in net interest income, a decline in the provision for credit losses, and the reduction of noninterest expenses.

 

Total assets were $1.160 billion at December 31, 2016 , a $25.1 million, or 2.2%, increase when compared to the $1.135 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase in total assets was mainly the result of significant loan growth of $ 76 .4 million , or 9.6% . Investment securities decrease d $45.7 million and cash and cash equivalents increased $2.1 million to partially fund the loan growth for 2016.

 

Total deposits increased $22.0 million, or 2.3%, to $997.5 million at December 31, 2016. The increase in deposits was mainly due to an increase in noninterest-bearing deposits of $31.9 million as well as an increase in money market and savings accounts of $20.9 million, offset by a decline in interest-bearing transaction accounts of $1.3 million and time deposits of $29.5 million. Total stockholders’ equity increased $7.3 million, or 5.0%, to $154.3 million, or 13.30% of total assets at December 31, 2016 .



As a subsequent event, on January 10, 2017, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into a purchase and assumption agreement to acquire three branches from Northwest Bank located in the greater Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area communities of Elkridge, Owings Mills and Arbutus. Pursuant to the branch purchases, the   B ank will acquire approximately $214 million in deposits, $152 million of performing loans and $40 million in cash from Northwest Bank. In connection with the purchase of these branches, the Bank will pay an 8% deposit premium for the transaction. Subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, the acquisition is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2017 . Management is evaluating the recording of this transaction as a business combination.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices, collateral value or are provided by other third-party sources, when available.

 

The most significant accounting policies that the Company follows are presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the notes to the financial statements and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has determined that the accounting policies with respect to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and fair value are critical accounting policies. These policies are considered critical because they relate to accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and, as such, could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

 

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheets. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for credit losses. A discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for credit losses is included in the Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management section below.

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill and other intangible assets are required to be recorded at fair value. Determining fair value is subjective, requiring the use of estimates, assumptions and

31

 


 

management judgment. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment, usually during the third quarter, or on an interim basis if circumstances dictate. Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were identified based on an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write down the related goodwill or purchased intangibles to record an impairment loss. 



Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the applicable federal and state income tax rates to cumulative temporary differences. These temporary differences represent differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of certain assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes result from such temporary differences. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income, recoverable taxes paid in prior years and tax planning strategies. The Company evaluates all positive and negative evidence before determining if a valuation allowance is deemed necessary regarding the realization of deferred tax assets.

 

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with the measurements made on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities and interest rate caps. Impaired loans and other real estate owned are significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, reducing subjectivity.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS

Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses new accounting policies that the Company adopted during 2016 and the expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of this discussion and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income remains the most significant factor affecting our results of operations. Net interest income represents the excess of interest and fees earned on total average earning assets (loans, investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with other banks) over interest owed on average interest-bearing liabilities (deposits and borrowings). Tax-equivalent net interest income is net interest income adjusted for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and investments. As shown in the table below, tax-equivalent net interest income for 2016 was $38.4 million. This represented a $2.8 million, or 8.0%, increase from 2015 , and net interest income increased $1.5 million, or 4.3%, for 2015 when compared to 2014 . The increase in net interest income when comparing 2016 to 2015 was primarily the result of higher average balances on loans and lower average balances and rates paid on time deposits. Although the yields on loans declined compared to 2015, the funding of loan growth with lower yielding assets and lower cost liabilities resulted in a slight increase in yields on total interest earning assets.   The increase when comparing 2015 to 2014 was due to significant loan growth, coupled with an increase in interest income from securities and the decreased interest expense on time deposits. When comparing 2016 to 2015 , interest income increased $1.9 million while interest expense decreased $943 thousand. When comparing 2015 to 2014 , interest income increased $571 thousand while interest expense decreased $901 thousand.

 

Our net interest margin (i.e., tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets) represents the net yield on earning assets. The net interest margin is managed through loan and deposit pricing and asset/liability strategies. The net interest margin was 3.56% for 2016 and 3.43% for both 2015 and 2014. The net interest margin increased when comparing 2016 to 2015 due to the significant increase in the average balance of loans along with the decrease in rates paid on interest bearing deposits. The net interest margin remained unchanged when comparing 2015 to 2014 primarily due to lower yields on total earning assets, offset by the decrease in average balances and rates paid on time deposits. The net interest spread, which is the difference between the average yield on earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.46% for 2016, 3.31% for 2015 and 3.30% for 2014.

 



32

 


 

 

The following table sets forth the major components of net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014



 

Average

 

Interest

 

Yield/

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Yield/

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Yield/

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

(1)

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

(1)

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

(1)

 

Rate

Earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (2) (3)

 

$

825,475 

 

$

37,349 

 

4.52 

%

 

 

$

748,101 

 

$

35,201 

 

4.71 

%

 

 

$

707,381 

 

$

35,225 

 

4.98 

%

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

196,026 

 

 

3,195 

 

1.63 

 

 

 

 

231,960 

 

 

3,602 

 

1.55 

 

 

 

 

198,207 

 

 

2,957 

 

1.49 

 

Tax-exempt

 

 

210 

 

 

11 

 

5.30 

 

 

 

 

328 

 

 

15 

 

4.54 

 

 

 

 

432 

 

 

18 

 

4.20 

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

1,764 

 

 

 

0.34 

 

 

 

 

2,991 

 

 

 

0.10 

 

 

 

 

1,883 

 

 

 

0.06 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

56,479 

 

 

289 

 

0.51 

 

 

 

 

53,459 

 

 

130 

 

0.24 

 

 

 

 

86,995 

 

 

179 

 

0.21 

 

Total earning assets

 

 

1,079,954 

 

 

40,850 

 

3.78 

%

 

 

 

1,036,839 

 

 

38,951 

 

3.76 

%

 

 

 

994,898 

 

 

38,380 

 

3.86 

%

Cash and due from banks

 

 

15,844 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,497 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,973 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

53,899 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,502 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,200 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(8,555)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,172)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,449)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,141,142 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,105,666 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,072,622 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

194,062 

 

 

234 

 

0.12 

%

 

 

$

180,810 

 

 

229 

 

0.13 

%

 

 

$

177,828 

 

 

247 

 

0.14 

%

Money market and savings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deposits

 

 

265,323 

 

 

347 

 

0.13 

 

 

 

 

243,731 

 

 

336 

 

0.14 

 

 

 

 

225,616 

 

 

275 

 

0.12 

 

Certificates of deposit,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$100,000 or more

 

 

127,468 

 

 

819 

 

0.64 

 

 

 

 

149,181 

 

 

1,382 

 

0.93 

 

 

 

 

170,252 

 

 

1,881 

 

1.10 

 

Other time deposits

 

 

148,671 

 

 

989 

 

0.67 

 

 

 

 

164,239 

 

 

1,384 

 

0.84 

 

 

 

 

180,848 

 

 

1,826 

 

1.01 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

735,524 

 

 

2,389 

 

0.32 

 

 

 

 

737,961 

 

 

3,331 

 

0.45 

 

 

 

 

754,544 

 

 

4,229 

 

0.56 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

5,753 

 

 

14 

 

0.24 

 

 

 

 

6,226 

 

 

15 

 

0.24 

 

 

 

 

8,061 

 

 

18 

 

0.22 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total interest-bearing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   liabilities

 

 

741,277 

 

 

2,403 

 

0.32 

%

 

 

 

744,187 

 

 

3,346 

 

0.45 

%

 

 

 

762,605 

 

 

4,247 

 

0.56 

%

Noninterest-bearing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deposits

 

 

241,357 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,171 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

178,002 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

6,082 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,132 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,921 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

152,426 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

144,176 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,094 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   stockholders' equity

 

$

1,141,142 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,105,666 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,072,622 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

$

38,447 

 

3.46 

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,605 

 

3.31 

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

34,133 

 

3.30 

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.56 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.43 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.43 

%

 



 



(1) All amounts are reported on a tax-equivalent basis computed using the statutory federal income tax rate, exclusive of the alternative minimum tax rate and nondeductible interest expense. The tax-equivalent adjustment amounts used in the above table to compute yields aggregated $198 thousand in 2016, $80 thousand in 2015 and $91 thousand in 2014.

(2) Average loan balances include nonaccrual loans.

(3) Interest income on loans includes amortized loan fees, net of costs, and all are included in the yield calculations.

 

On a tax-equivalent basis, total interest income was $40.9 million for 2016 compared to $39.0 million for 2015. The increase in interest income for 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to the increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in the fed funds rate at the end of 2015 of 25bps. Interest income on taxable securities decreased $407 thousand or 11.3% in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a decrease in the average balance of $35.9 million which was used to fund loan growth. For 2016 compared to 2015 , average loans increased $77.4 million and the yield earned on loans decreased 19 basis points. The increased volume of loans outweighed the decline in the yield resulting in an increase in interest income of $2.1 million. Excluding average nonaccrual loans, the yield on loans would have been 4.59%, 4.79% and 5.07% for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

 



33

 


 



On a tax equivalent basis, total interest income was $39.0 million for 2015 compared to $38.4 million for 2014. The   increase in 2015 compared to 2014 was due to the increase in the average balance and yield on taxable investment securities. Interest income on taxable securities increased $645 thousand or 21.8% in 2015 compared to 2014 due to an increase in the average balance of $33.8 million as well as an increase in the average rate of 6 basis points. These increases were due to the redeployment of lower yielding interest-bearing deposits.

 

As a percentage of total average earning assets, loans, investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits were 76.4%, 18.2%, 0.2% and 5.2%, respectively, for 2016 which reflected an increase in higher-yielding earning assets when compared to 2015 .   The comparable percentages for 2015 were 72.2%, 22.4%, 0.3%, and 5.1%, respectively, and for 2014 were 71.1%, 20.0%, 0.2% and 8.7%, respectively . When comparing 2016 to 2015 , the overall increase in average balances of earning assets produced $3.0 million more in interest income and the decrease in yields on earning assets produced $1.1 million less in interest income, as seen in the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis below. When comparing 2015 to 2014, the overall increase in average balances of earning assets produced $2.4 million more in interest income and the decrease in yields on earning assets produced $1.8 million less in interest income, as seen in the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis below.

 

The following table sets forth the average balance of the components of average earning assets as a percentage of total average earning assets for the year ended December 31.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Loans

 

76.4 

%

 

72.2 

%

 

71.1 

%

 

76.0 

%

 

74.2 

%

Loans held for sale

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

0.4 

 

 

 -

 

Investment securities

 

18.2 

 

 

22.4 

 

 

20.0 

 

 

13.8 

 

 

12.5 

 

Federal funds sold

 

0.2 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

0.2 

 

 

0.4 

 

 

0.9 

 

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

 

5.2 

 

 

5.1 

 

 

8.7 

 

 

9.4 

 

 

12.4 

 



 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%



Interest expense was $2.4 million for 2016 compared to $3.3 million for 2015.   The decline in interest expense for 2016 was primarily due to lower expense on certificates of deposit and other time deposits. Interest expense on certificates of deposit and other time deposits declined $959 thousand in 2016 when compared to 2015, the result of a decrease of $37.3 million in average balances and a decline of 23 basis points on rates paid on these deposits. The decrease in average certificates of deposit and other time deposits reflected the lower rates due to current market conditions. The decrease in average certificates of deposit and other time deposits was mostly transitioned to non-interest bearing and money market and savings deposits which reflected average increases of $30.2 million and $21.6 million, respectively.

 

Interest expense was $3.3 million for 2015 compared to $4.2 million for 2014 . The decline in interest expense for 2015 relative to 2014   was primarily due to lower expense on certificates of deposit and other time deposits. Interest expense on certificates of deposit and other time deposits declined $941 thousand   in 2015 when compared to 2014 ,   the result of a decrease of $37.7 million in average balances and a decline of 18 basis points on rates paid on these deposits .   The decrease in average certificates of deposit and other time deposits reflected a decrease in the Company’s liquidity needs and the lower rates reflected current market conditions. The decrease in average certificates of deposit and other time deposits was mostly transitioned to non-interest bearing and money market and savings deposits which reflected average increases of $33.2 million and $18.1 million, respectively.

 

During 2016 , lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities produced $690 thousand less in interest expense and decreased volume produced $254 thousand less in interest expense, as shown in the table below. In 2015 , lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities produced $548 thousand less in interest expense and decreased volume produced $353 thousand less in interest expense.

 

34

 


 

 

The following Rate/Volume Variance Analysis identifies the portion of the changes in tax-equivalent net interest income attributable to changes in volume of average balances or to changes in the yield on earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The rate and volume variance for each category has been allocated on a consistent basis between rate and volume variances, based on a percentage of rate, or volume, variance to the sum of the absolute two variances.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016 over (under) 2015

 

 

2015 over (under) 2014



 

Total

 

Caused By

 

 

Total

 

Caused By

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Variance

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

 

Variance

 

Rate

 

Volume

Interest income from earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

2,148 

 

$

(1,442)

 

$

3,590 

 

 

$

(24)

 

$

(1,979)

 

$

1,955 

Taxable investment securities

 

 

(407)

 

 

204 

 

 

(611)

 

 

 

645 

 

 

112 

 

 

533 

Tax-exempt investment securities

 

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

(4)

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

159 

 

 

152 

 

 

 

 

 

(49)

 

 

29 

 

 

(78)

Total interest income

 

 

1,899 

 

 

(1,079)

 

 

2,978 

 

 

 

571 

 

 

(1,836)

 

 

2,407 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and borrowed funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

 

20 

 

 

 

(18)

 

 

(21)

 

 

Money market and savings deposits

 

 

11 

 

 

(22)

 

 

33 

 

 

 

61 

 

 

33 

 

 

28 

Time deposits

 

 

(959)

 

 

(653)

 

 

(306)

 

 

 

(941)

 

 

(563)

 

 

(378)

Short-term borrowings

 

 

(1)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

(6)

Total interest expense

 

 

(944)

 

 

(690)

 

 

(254)

 

 

 

(901)

 

 

(548)

 

 

(353)

Net interest income

 

$

2,843 

 

$

(389)

 

$

3,232 

 

 

$

1,472 

 

$

(1,288)

 

$

2,760 



Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $1.2 million, or 8.0%, in 2016 when compared to 2015 and decreased $1.4 million, or 8.1%, in 2015 when compared to 2014. The increase in noninterest income in 2016 when compared to 2015 was primarily due to increases in service charges on deposit accounts of $598 thousand, insurance agency commissions of $277 thousand, bank service and loan fees of $207 thousand and a gain on sale of the Bank’s credit ca rd portfolio of $198 thousand. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in trust and investment fee income of $185 thousand.

 

The decrease in noninterest income in 2015 when compared to 2014 was mainly due to the loss of wholesale insurance commissions and fees of $2.0 million from the formerly owned Tri-State General Insurance Agency (“Tri-State”) which was sold late in the second quarter of 2014 for a gain of $114 thousand. Excluding Tri-State, noninterest income increased $777 thousand over 2014 with increases in retail insurance commissions of $504 thousand and service charges on deposit accounts of $460 thousand due to an overall increase in bank fees, offset by a decrease in trust and investment fee income of $233 thousand.

 

The following table summarizes our noninterest income for the years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Years Ended

 

 

Change from Prior Year



 

 

 

 

2016/ 15

 

2015/ 14

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

3,465 

 

$

2,867 

 

$

2,407 

 

 

$

598 

 

20.9 

%

 

$

460 

 

19.1 

%

Trust and investment fee income

 

 

1,442 

 

 

1,627 

 

 

1,860 

 

 

 

(185)

 

(11.4)

 

 

 

(233)

 

(12.5)

 

Gains on sales of investment securities

 

 

30 

 

 

 -

 

 

23 

 

 

 

30 

 

100.0 

 

 

 

(23)

 

(100.0)

 

Insurance agency commissions income

 

 

8,551 

 

 

8,274 

 

 

9,525 

 

 

 

277 

 

3.3 

 

 

 

(1,251)

 

(13.1)

 

Other noninterest income

 

 

3,157 

 

 

2,648 

 

 

2,966 

 

 

 

509 

 

19.2 

 

 

 

(318)

 

(10.7)

 

Total

 

$

16,645 

 

$

15,416 

 

$

16,781 

 

 

$

1,229 

 

8.0 

 

 

$

(1,365)

 

(8.1)

 

 

35

 


 

 

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense decreased $203 thousand, or 0.5%, in 2016 when compared to 2015 and decreased $2.0 million, or 5.1%, in 2015 when compared to 2014. The decrease in noninterest expense in 2016 when compared to 2015 was   primarily due to a decline in legal and professional fees of $505 thousand and reduced FDIC insurance premiums of $518 thousand, partially offset by consolidation expenses for the former bank subsidiaries of $507 thousand and increases in write-downs on other real estate owned of $115 thousand and employee salaries/wages and emplo yee benefits of $174 thousand. The increased legal and professional fees in 2015 were the direct result of management outsourcing its internal audit function which resulted in sig nificant implementation costs. In addition, the lower FDIC insurance premiums over the prior period are the direct result of the upgraded regulatory status and financial performance of Talbot in the second quarter of 2015 and an adjustment of the annual assessment in the third quarter of 2016.

 

The decrease in noninterest expense in 2015 when compared to 2014   was largely due to the sale of Tri-State which resulted in the decrease of $1.9 million of expenses, most significantly insurance agency commissions.  In addition, decreased expenses were due to lower write-downs on other real estate owned, lower FDIC insurance premium expense due to the upgrade of Talbot in the second quarter of 2015, decreased salary and employee benefits and lower credit costs, partially offset by increases in data processing and legal and professional fees.

 

We had 28 7 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2016 , 283 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2015 and 292 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2014.

 

The following table summarizes our noninterest expense for the years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Years Ended

 

 

Change from Prior Year



 

 

 

 

2016/ 15

 

2015/ 14

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Salaries and wages

 

$

17,626 

 

$

17,540 

 

$

17,600 

 

 

$

86 

 

0.5 

%

 

$

(60)

 

(0.3)

%

Employee benefits

 

 

3,993 

 

 

3,905 

 

 

4,092 

 

 

 

88 

 

2.3 

 

 

 

(187)

 

(4.6)

 

Occupancy expense

 

 

2,452 

 

 

2,420 

 

 

2,339 

 

 

 

32 

 

1.3 

 

 

 

81 

 

3.5 

 

Furniture and equipment expense

 

 

963 

 

 

926 

 

 

975 

 

 

 

37 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

(49)

 

(5.0)

 

Data processing

 

 

3,496 

 

 

3,260 

 

 

3,006 

 

 

 

236 

 

7.2 

 

 

 

254 

 

8.4 

 

Directors' fees

 

 

511 

 

 

470 

 

 

474 

 

 

 

41 

 

8.7 

 

 

 

(4)

 

(0.8)

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

131 

 

 

133 

 

 

201 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(1.5)

 

 

 

(68)

 

(33.8)

 

Insurance agency commissions expense

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

906 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

(906)

 

(100.0)

 

FDIC insurance premium expense

 

 

696 

 

 

1,214 

 

 

1,636 

 

 

 

(518)

 

(42.7)

 

 

 

(422)

 

(25.8)

 

Write-downs of other real estate owned

 

 

242 

 

 

127 

 

 

658 

 

 

 

115 

 

90.6 

 

 

 

(531)

 

(80.7)

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

1,875 

 

 

2,380 

 

 

2,048 

 

 

 

(505)

 

(21.2)

 

 

 

332 

 

16.2 

 

Other noninterest expenses

 

 

5,162 

 

 

4,975 

 

 

5,426 

 

 

 

187 

 

3.8 

 

 

 

(451)

 

(8.3)

 

Total

 

$

37,147 

 

$

37,350 

 

$

39,361 

 

 

$

(203)

 

(0.5)

 

 

$

(2,011)

 

(5.1)

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company reported an income tax expense of $6.3 million for 2016, compared to an income tax expense of $4.4 million for 2015 and an income tax expense of $3.1 million for 2014. The effective tax rate was 39.4 % for 2016, 38.3% for 2015 and 37.7% for 2014. In 2016 , 2015 and 2014, the Company was able to utilize a portion of their Federal and State NOL carryforwards which reduced income taxes payable for the year. The Company believes it will be able to continue utilizing its NOL’s without the need for a valuation allowance. See the discussion in Note 15, Income Taxes, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the evaluation of the Company’s NOL’s.

 

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Asset and liability composition, capital resources, asset quality, market risk, interest sensitivity and liquidity are all factors that affect our financial condition. The following sections discuss each of these factors.

 

Assets

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks and Federal Funds Sold

We invest excess cash balances (i.e., the excess cash remaining after funding loans and investing in securities with deposits and borrowings) in interest-bearing accounts and federal funds sold offered by our correspondent banks. These liquid investments are maintained at a level that management believes is necessary to meet current liquidity needs. Total interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold increased $2.6 million from $58.7 million at December 31, 2015 to $61.3 million at December 31, 2016 . Average interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold increased $1.8 million in 2016 and decreased $32.4 million in 2015 . The increase in 2016 was due to higher period-end and average balances on deposits which resulted in excess liquidity for funding future loan growth.  The decline in the 2015 period-end and average balances for these assets reflected a reduction in excess liquidity.

36

 


 

Investment Securities

The investment portfolio is structured to provide us with liquidity and also plays an important role in the overall management of interest rate risk. Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted prices and may be sold as part of the asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response to changing interest rates. Net unrealized holding gains and losses on these securities are reported net of related income taxes as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Investment securities in the held to maturity category are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. We have the intent and current ability to hold such securities until maturity. At December 31, 2016 , 96% of the portfolio was classified as available for sale and 4% as held to maturity, similar to the 98% and 2%, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The percentage of securities designated as available for sale reflects the amount that management believes is needed to support our anticipated growth and liquidity needs. With the exception of municipal securities, our general practice is to classify all newly-purchased securities as available for sale. On December 15, 2016 , the Company bought $3.0 million in subordinated notes from a local regional bank which it i ntends to hold to maturity of December 30, 2026 . We do not typically invest in derivative securities. Total investment securities decreased $45.8 million from $216.4 million at December 31, 2015 to $170.6 million at December 31, 2016. Average investment securities de creased $36.1 million in 2016 due to funding new loan growth during the year .   The increase in a verage investment securities of $33.6 million in 2015 from 2014 was due to proceeds from the second quarter of 2014 capital raise which were primarily invested in available for sale investment securities.

 

Investment securities available for sale were $163.8 million at the end of 2016 and $212.2 million at the end of 2015. Investment activity for 2016 included purchases of $9.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and $ 9.0 million in U.S. Government agencies, while investment activity for 2015 included purchases of $32.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and $14.0 million in U.S. Government agencies. At year-end 2016, 20.9% of the securities in the portfolio were U.S. Government agencies and 78.7% of the securities were mortgage-backed securities, compared to 25.2% and 72.5%, respectively, at year-end 2015, reflecting a shift in the composition of the portfolio to mortgage-backed securities which provide higher yields. As seen in the table below, 10% of the available-for-sale portfolio will mature in over one through five years and 73% will mature in over ten years based on contractual maturities. The comparable amounts for 2015 were 18% and 70%, respectively. Our investments in mortgage-backed securities are issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or government-sponsored agencies.



Investment securities held to maturity totaled $6.8 million at December 31, 2016. The comparable amount was $4.2 million at December 31, 2015.

 

The following table sets forth the maturities and weighted average yields of the bond investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 .

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

1 Year or Less

 

1-5 Years

 

5-10 Years

 

Over 10 Years



 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agencies

 

$

15,027 

 

0.96 

%

 

$

16,947 

 

1.32 

%

 

$

 -

 

 -

%

 

$

2,240 

 

2.24 

%

Mortgage-backed

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

12,737 

 

1.70 

 

 

 

116,207 

 

2.07 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

15,027 

 

0.96 

 

 

$

16,947 

 

1.32 

 

 

$

12,737 

 

1.70 

 

 

$

118,447 

 

2.08 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 -

 

 -

%

 

$

 -

 

 -

%

 

$

 -

 

 -

%

 

$

2,193 

 

2.10 

%

States and political

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subdivisions 1

 

 

210 

 

5.23 

 

 

 

501 

 

4.34 

 

 

 

904 

 

5.21 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total held to maturity

 

$

210 

 

5.23 

 

 

$

501 

 

4.34 

 

 

$

904 

 

5.21 

 

 

$

2,193 

 

2.10 

 



 

1 Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax equivalent basis using the statutory federal tax rate.

 

Loans

The loan portfolio is the primary source of our income. Loans totaled $871.5 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $76.4 million, or 9.6%, from 2015 . Loans significantly increased for 2016 when compared to 2015 primarily due to a strategic focus to grow and diversify the loan portfolio and expand coverage in markets outside the current market areas where we have extended contacts and relationships. Most of our loans are secured by real estate and are classified as construction, residential or commercial real estate loans. The increase in loans was comprised of increases in commercial real estate loans of $52.4 million, or 15.9%, residential real estate loans of $18.7 million, or 6.1% and commercial loans, which include financial and agricultural loans, of $7.5 million, or 11.6%. Construction loans declined $1.6 million, or 1.9% and consumer loans, which consist of a small percentage of the overall loan portfolio, decreased $616 thousand, or 8.5%, at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015.

37

 


 



At December 31, 2016, the real estate loan portfolio was comprised of 9.6% construction, 37.4% residential real estate and 43.9% commercial real estate. That compares to 10.8%, 38.6% and 41.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Commercial and consumer loans were 8.3% and 0.8%, respectively, of the portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 8.2% and 0.9%, respectively, at December 31, 2015 .   At December 31, 2016, 74.8% of the loan portfolio had fixed interest rates and 25.2% had adjustable interest rates, compared to 74.4% and 25.6%, respectively , at December 31, 2015. See the discussion below under the caption “Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management” and Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not have any loans held for sale. We do not engage in foreign or subprime lending activities.





The table below sets forth trends in the composition of the loan portfolio over the past five years (including net deferred loan fees/costs).

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Construction

 

$

84,002 

 

9.6 

%

 

$

85,632 

 

10.8 

%

 

$

69,157 

 

9.7 

%

 

$

64,591 

 

9.1 

%

 

$

108,051 

 

13.8 

%

Residential real estate

 

 

325,768 

 

37.4 

 

 

 

307,063 

 

38.6 

 

 

 

273,336 

 

38.5 

 

 

 

274,857 

 

38.6 

 

 

 

288,011 

 

36.7 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

382,681 

 

43.9 

 

 

 

330,253 

 

41.5 

 

 

 

305,788 

 

43.0 

 

 

 

304,605 

 

42.8 

 

 

 

314,941 

 

40.1 

 

Commercial 

 

 

72,435 

 

8.3 

 

 

 

64,911 

 

8.2 

 

 

 

52,671 

 

7.4 

 

 

 

57,195 

 

8.0 

 

 

 

60,786 

 

7.7 

 

Consumer

 

 

6,639 

 

0.8 

 

 

 

7,255 

 

0.9 

 

 

 

9,794 

 

1.4 

 

 

 

10,671 

 

1.5 

 

 

 

13,293 

 

1.7 

 

Total

 

$

871,525 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

795,114 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

710,746 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

711,919 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

785,082 

 

100.0 

%

 

The table below sets forth the maturities and interest rate sensitivity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2016.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Maturing after

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Maturing

 

one but within

 

Maturing after

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

within one year

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

Construction

 

$

43,447 

 

$

37,160 

 

$

3,395 

 

$

84,002 

Residential real estate

 

 

43,122 

 

 

129,039 

 

 

153,607 

 

 

325,768 

Commercial real estate

 

 

36,632 

 

 

246,356 

 

 

99,693 

 

 

382,681 

Commercial 

 

 

17,988 

 

 

47,481 

 

 

6,966 

 

 

72,435 

Consumer

 

 

2,822 

 

 

3,059 

 

 

758 

 

 

6,639 

Total

 

$

144,011 

 

$

463,095 

 

$

264,419 

 

$

871,525 

Rate terms:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-interest rate loans

 

$

96,920 

 

$

427,164 

 

$

127,616 

 

$

651,700 

Adjustable-interest rate loans

 

 

47,091 

 

 

35,931 

 

 

136,803 

 

 

219,825 

Total

 

$

144,011 

 

$

463,095 

 

$

264,419 

 

$

871,525 

 

Liabilities

 

Deposits

We use deposits primarily to fund loans and to purchase investment securities. Total deposits increased from $975.5 million at December 31, 2015 to $997.5 million at December 31, 2016 . The increase in deposits was mainly due to an increase in noninterest-bearing deposits of $31.9 million as well as an increase in interest-bearing transaction accounts of $19.6 million, partially offset by a decline in certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $29.5 million. The increases in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing transaction accounts reflected continuing growth in our customer base and a shift from certificates of deposit and other time deposits providing lower yields than in 2015. Average deposits increased $27.7 million, or 2.9%, in 2016, compared to a 1.8% decrease in 2015. A verage certificates of deposit and other time deposits decreased $37.3 million, or 11.9%, for the same reasons as the decline in the period-end amounts. Partially offsetting this decrease, average money market and savings deposits, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits increased in aggregate $65.0 million, or 10.2 %, during 2016. Deposits provided funding for approximately 90.5%, 91.5% and 93.7% of average earning assets for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Average deposits increased for 2015 primarily in noninterest-bearing deposits and interest-bearing transaction accounts which increased $54.4 million, or 9.4%, partially offset by decreases in certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $37.7 million, or 10.7%. Similar to the trend in 2016, deposits in 2015 shifted from certificates of deposit and other time deposits bearing low interest rates to deposit accounts which provide more liquidity.

 



38

 


 

 

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits and the percentage of each category to total average deposits for the years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Average Balances

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

241,357 

 

24.7 

%

 

$

211,171 

 

22.2 

%

 

$

178,002 

 

19.1 

%

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

 

194,062 

 

19.9 

 

 

 

180,810 

 

19.1 

 

 

 

177,828 

 

19.1 

 

Money market and savings

 

 

265,323 

 

27.2 

 

 

 

243,731 

 

25.7 

 

 

 

225,616 

 

24.2 

 

Certificates of deposit, $100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to $249,999

 

 

98,397 

 

10.1 

 

 

 

149,181 

 

15.7 

 

 

 

170,252 

 

18.2 

 

Certificates of deposit, $250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or more (1)

 

 

29,071 

 

3.0 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Other time deposits

 

 

148,671 

 

15.2 

 

 

 

164,239 

 

17.3 

 

 

 

180,848 

 

19.4 

 

Total

 

$

976,881 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

949,132 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

932,546 

 

100.0 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Disclosure of $250K or more for periods 2015 and 2014 were not separately reported.

 

The following table sets forth the maturity ranges of certificates of deposit with balances of $250,000 or more as of December 31, 2016 .







 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

3,528

Over three through 6 months

 

 

4,513

Over 6 through 12 months

 

 

8,689

Over 12 months

 

 

12,325

Total

 

$

29,055



Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings generally consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings from the FHLB. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are issued in conjunction with cash management services for commercial depositors. We also borrow from the FHLB on a short-term basis and occasionally borrow from correspondent banks under federal fund lines of credit arrangements to meet short-term liquidity needs. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, short-term borrowings included only repurchase agreements.

 

The average balance of short-term borrowings decreased $473 thousand, or 7.6%, in 2016, while the average balance decreased $1. 8 million, or 22.8%, in 2015. There was not a substantial need for short-term borrowings to supplement deposits as a funding source during 2016 and 2015 .

 

The following table sets forth our position with respect to short-term borrowings.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

2014



 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

Interest

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

Average outstanding for the year

 

$

5,753 

 

0.24

%

 

$

6,226 

 

0.24

%

 

$

8,061 

 

0.22

%

Outstanding at year end

 

 

3,203 

 

0.25

 

 

 

6,672 

 

0.23

 

 

 

4,808 

 

0.23

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end

 

 

9,877 

 

 -

 

 

 

10,423 

 

 -

 

 

 

10,836 

 

 -

 



Long-Term Debt

We use long-term borrowings to meet longer term liquidity needs, specifically to fund loan growth where liquidity from deposit growth is not sufficient. The Company had no long-term debt at the end of 2016 and 2015.

 

Capital Resources Management

Total stockholders’ equity for the Company was $154. 3 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $147.0 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in stockholders’ equity in 2016 was primarily due to net income during the year which was offset by dividends paid to common stockholders. The ratio of period-end equity to total assets was 13.30% for 2016, as compared to 12.95% for 2015.

 

During the second quarter of 2014, the Company sold 4,140,000 shares of its common stock for a price of $8.25 per share (the “stock sale”). The Company received $31.3 million in net proceeds after deducting certain direct costs related to the stock sale, primarily underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company contributed $20.0 million of the net proceeds to Talbot, to satisfy regulatory capital requirements, with the remaining proceeds used for general corporate purposes. 

39

 


 



We record unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, on investment securities available for sale as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2016, the portion of the investment portfolio designated as “available for sale” had net unrealized holdin g (losses), net of tax, of ($993 ) thousand compared to net unrealized holding (losses), net of tax, of $(71) thousand at December 31, 2015.

 

The following table compares the Company’s capital ratios to the minimum regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Requirements

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

as of 2016

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital

 

$

140,897 

 

 

$

126,024 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

140,897 

 

 

 

126,024 

 

 

$

112,511 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

 

 

9,027 

 

 

 

8,619 

 

 

 

7,999 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

 

 

149,924 

 

 

 

134,643 

 

 

 

120,510 

 

 

 

 

 

Net risk-weighted assets

 

 

893,116 

 

 

 

807,807 

 

 

 

736,763 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted average total assets

 

 

1,144,968 

 

 

 

1,116,692 

 

 

 

1,075,674 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-based capital ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 

 

 

15.78 

%

 

 

15.60 

%

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

5.1*

%

Tier 1

 

 

15.78 

 

 

 

15.60 

 

 

 

15.27 

%

 

 

6.6*

 

Total capital

 

 

16.79 

 

 

 

16.67 

 

 

 

16.36 

 

 

 

8.6*

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

12.31 

 

 

 

11.29 

 

 

 

10.46 

 

 

 

4.0 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* includes phased in capital conservation buffer for 2016 of 0.625%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the regulatory capital positions of the Company and the Bank.

 

In July 2013, U.S. federal banking agencies published the Basel III Capital Rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Basel III Capital Rules were effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 and will be fully phased in on January 1, 2019. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer,” (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets. The Basel III Capital Rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less.

 

The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in over a four-year period, increasing by that amount on each January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

The Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status and (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the prior 6%). The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

 

The Company currently meets all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules as they became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. For additional information regarding the Basel III Capital Rules, see “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital Requirements.”

40

 


 

 

Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management

Originating loans involves a degree of risk that credit losses will occur in varying amounts according to, among other factors, the types of loans being made, the credit-worthiness of the borrowers over the terms of the loans, the quality of the collateral for the loans, if any, as well as general economic conditions. Through the Company’s and Banks’ Asset/Liability Management Committees and the Company’s Audit Committee, the Board actively reviews critical risk positions, including credit, market, liquidity and operational risk. The Company’s goal in managing risk is to reduce earnings volatility, control exposure to unnecessary risk, and ensure appropriate returns for risk assumed. Senior members of management actively manage risk at the product level, supplemented with corporate level oversight through the Asset/Liability Management Committee and internal audit function. The risk management structure is designed to identify risk through a systematic process, enabling timely and appropriate action to avoid and mitigate risk.



Credit risk is mitigated through loan portfolio diversification, limiting exposure to any single industry or customer, collateral protection, and prudent lending policies and underwriting criteria. The following discussion provides information and statistics on the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the accounting policies related to nonperforming loans (nonaccrual and delinquent 90 days or more), TDRs and loan charge-offs and describes the methodologies used to develop the allowance for credit losses, including the specific, formula and unallocated components (also discussed below). Management believes the policies governing nonperforming loans, TDRs and charge-offs are consistent with regulatory standards. The amount of the allowance for credit losses and the resulting provision are reviewed monthly by senior members of management and approved quarterly by the Board of Directors.

 

The allowance is increased by provisions for credit losses charged to expense and recoveries of loans previously charged off. It is decreased by loans charged off in the current period. Loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when considered uncollectible by management. Provisions for credit losses are made to bring the allowance for credit losses within the range of balances that are considered appropriate.

 

The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is determined based on management’s estimate of the inherent risks associated with lending activities, estimated fair value of collateral, past experience and present indicators such as loan delinquency trends, nonaccrual loans and current market conditions. Management believes the current allowance is adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio; however, future changes in the composition of the loan portfolio and financial condition of borrowers may result in additions to the allowance. Examination of the portfolio and allowance by various regulatory agencies and consultants engaged by the Company may result in the need for additional provisions based on information available at the time of the examination. The Bank maintains a separate allowance for credit losses, which is only available to absorb losses from their respective loan portfolios. The allowance set by the Bank is subject to regulatory examination and determination as to its adequacy.

 

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of three parts: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the formula allowance; and (iii) the unallocated allowance. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans until charge offs are made. Loans are considered impaired (i.e., nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs) when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the loan’s contractual terms. The formula allowance is determined based on management’s assessment of industry trends and economic factors in the markets in which we operate. The determination of the formula allowance involves a higher risk of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in our historical loss factors.

 

The specific allowance is used to individually allocate an allowance to loans identified as impaired. An impaired loan may involve deficiencies in the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral. If it is determined that there is a loss associated with an impaired loan, a specific allowance is established until a charge off is made. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

 

The formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as impaired. Loans are grouped by type (construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial or consumer). Each loan type is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, complexity and size of individual loans within a particular category. Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard and doubtful are adversely rated. These loans are assigned higher allowance factors than favorably rated loans due to management’s concerns regarding collectability or management’s knowledge of particular elements regarding the borrower.

 

The unallocated allowance is used to estimate the loss on loans stemming from more global factors such as delinquencies, loss history, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, national and local economic trends, concentrations of credit, the quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements.

 

Because most of our loans are secured by real estate, the lack of a meaningful upturn in real estate related activities in our local real estate market and construction industry and slow improvement in general economic conditions had a material adverse effect on the performance of our loan portfolio and the value of the collateral securing that portfolio between 2009 and 2013. Factors impeding our loan performance and overall financial performance included our levels of loan charge-offs a nd provisions for credit losses . However, we believe that the proactive measures we took in 2011, 2012 and 2013 to critically review our loan portfolio, take the necessary charge-offs, provide prudent reserves and engage in difficult but timely asset sales allowed us to focus on loan growth and improved earnings beginning in 2014.

 



41

 


 

 

As seen in the table below, the provision for credit losses was $ 1.8 million for 2016, $2.1 million for 2015 and $3.4 million for 2014. The decrease in the level of provision for credit losses in 2016 w as primarily due to a decline in nonperforming assets and an improved local economy compared to 2015 .   Net loan charge-offs totaled $1.4 million in 2016, $1.5 million in 2015 and $6.4 million in 2014 .   Real estate loans were 76%, 83% and 65% of total loans charged off during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The allowance for credit losses was $8.7 million, or 1.06% of average outstanding loans at December 31, 2016, compared to an allowance of $8.3 million, or 1.11% of average outstanding loans at December 31, 2015. The higher allowance at the end of 2016 when compared to the end of 2015 was the result of significant growth in the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2014, the allowance for credit losses was $7.7 million, or 1.09% of average outstanding loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.17% in 2016, 0.19% in 2015 and 0.90% in 2014.

 

The overall credit quality improved in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to continued workout efforts on outstanding problem loans many of which were TDRs and nonperforming assets. Management will continue to monitor and charge off nonperforming assets as rapidly as possible, and focus on the generation of healthy loan growth and new business development opportunities .

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our loan loss experience for the years ended December 31.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

8,316 

 

 

$

7,695 

 

 

$

10,725 

 

 

$

15,991 

 

 

$

14,288 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans charged off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

(615)

 

 

 

(1,058)

 

 

 

(725)

 

 

 

(20,695)

 

 

 

(7,826)

 

Residential real estate

 

 

(580)

 

 

 

(283)

 

 

 

(2,407)

 

 

 

(7,163)

 

 

 

(9,838)

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

(503)

 

 

 

(920)

 

 

 

(1,648)

 

 

 

(6,162)

 

 

 

(2,954)

 

Commercial 

 

 

(497)

 

 

 

(396)

 

 

 

(2,389)

 

 

 

(665)

 

 

 

(5,451)

 

Consumer

 

 

(45)

 

 

 

(67)

 

 

 

(163)

 

 

 

(113)

 

 

 

(576)

 

Total

 

 

(2,240)

 

 

 

(2,724)

 

 

 

(7,332)

 

 

 

(34,798)

 

 

 

(26,645)

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

35 

 

 

 

125 

 

 

 

149 

 

 

 

161 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

298 

 

 

 

398 

 

 

 

376 

 

 

 

545 

 

 

 

102 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

25 

 

 

 

379 

 

 

 

58 

 

 

 

161 

 

 

 

166 

 

Commercial

 

 

428 

 

 

 

319 

 

 

 

341 

 

 

 

839 

 

 

 

304 

 

Consumer

 

 

16 

 

 

 

49 

 

 

 

28 

 

 

 

42 

 

 

 

25 

 

Total

 

 

802 

 

 

 

1,270 

 

 

 

952 

 

 

 

1,748 

 

 

 

603 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans charged off

 

 

(1,438)

 

 

 

(1,454)

 

 

 

(6,380)

 

 

 

(33,050)

 

 

 

(26,042)

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

1,848 

 

 

 

2,075 

 

 

 

3,350 

 

 

 

27,784 

 

 

 

27,745 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

8,726 

 

 

$

8,316 

 

 

$

7,695 

 

 

$

10,725 

 

 

$

15,991 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans outstanding

 

$

825,475 

 

 

$

748,101 

 

 

$

707,381 

 

 

$

768,516 

 

 

$

814,167 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of net charge-offs to average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans outstanding during the year

 

 

0.17 

%

 

 

0.19 

%

 

 

0.90 

%

 

 

4.30 

%

 

 

3.20 

%

Percentage of allowance for credit losses at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

year end to average loans

 

 

1.06 

%

 

 

1.11 

%

 

 

1.09 

%

 

 

1.40 

%

 

 

1.96 

%

Percentage of allowance for credit losses at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

year end to loans

 

 

1.00 

%

 

 

1.05 

%

 

 

1.08 

%

 

 

1.51 

%

 

 

2.04 

%



42

 


 

 

During 2016 , due to the consolidation of Talbot and CNB, the processes and assumptions affecting the allowance methodology were re-evaluated for a more unified representation of the new consolidated bank. This re-evaluation resulted in a net change in the unallocated portion of the allowance of $776 thousand. Included in the balance of the allowance for credit losses were specific reserves of $2.2 million and $1.4 million primarily for real estate loans at the end of 2016 and 2015, respectively .  

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans for the years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012



 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

Construction

 

$

2,787 

 

9.6 

%

 

$

1,646 

 

10.8 

%

 

$

1,303 

 

9.7 

%

 

$

1,960 

 

9.1 

%

 

$

4,387 

 

13.8 

%

Residential real estate

 

 

1,953 

 

37.4 

 

 

 

2,181 

 

38.6 

 

 

 

2,834 

 

38.5 

 

 

 

3,854 

 

38.6 

 

 

 

5,194 

 

36.7 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,610 

 

43.9 

 

 

 

2,999 

 

41.5 

 

 

 

2,379 

 

43.0 

 

 

 

3,029 

 

42.8 

 

 

 

4,134 

 

40.1 

 

Commercial 

 

 

1,145 

 

8.3 

 

 

 

558 

 

8.2 

 

 

 

448 

 

7.4 

 

 

 

1,266 

 

8.0 

 

 

 

1,682 

 

7.7 

 

Consumer

 

 

231 

 

0.8 

 

 

 

156 

 

0.9 

 

 

 

229 

 

1.4 

 

 

 

243 

 

1.5 

 

 

 

407 

 

1.7 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 

776 

 

 -

 

 

 

502 

 

 -

 

 

 

373 

 

 -

 

 

 

187 

 

 -

 

Total

 

$

8,726 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

8,316 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

7,695 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

10,725 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

15,991 

 

100.0 

%

 

At December 31, 2016 , nonperforming assets were $11.5 million, a decrease of $4.9 million, or 29.9%, when compared to December 31, 2015. Similarly, accruing TDRs were $13.0 million at December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $2.5 million, or 16.1%, when compared to December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2016 , the ratio of nonaccrual loans to total assets was 0.77%, improving from 1.07% at December 31, 2015. Likewise, the ratio of accruing TDRs to total assets at December 31, 2016 was 1.12%, decreasing from 1.37% at December 31, 2015. When comparing December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2015, the positive trend in nonperforming assets and TDRs, as well as the corresponding asset quality ratios, was due to continued work-out efforts and loan charge- offs.

 

The Company continues to focus on the resolution of its nonperforming and problem loans. The efforts to accomplish this goal include frequently contacting borrowers until the delinquency is cured or until an acceptable payment plan has been agreed upon; obtaining updated appraisals; provisioning for credit losses; charging off loans; transferring loans to other real estate owned; aggressively marketing other real estate owned; and selling loans. The reduction of nonperforming and problem loans is and will continue to be a high priority for the Company.

43

 


 

 

The following table summarizes our nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs as of December 31.

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Nonperforming assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sale ("hfs")

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

3,818 

 

 

$

7,529 

 

 

$

6,046 

 

 

$

3,949 

 

 

$

9,694 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

3,903 

 

 

 

2,259 

 

 

 

4,035 

 

 

 

5,166 

 

 

 

11,532 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

1,152 

 

 

 

2,022 

 

 

 

3,121 

 

 

 

4,671 

 

 

 

14,567 

 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

161 

 

 

 

141 

 

 

 

792 

 

 

 

594 

 

Consumer

 

 

99 

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 

123 

 

 

 

48 

 

 

 

87 

 

Total nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 loans hfs

 

 

8,972 

 

 

 

12,093 

 

 

 

13,466 

 

 

 

14,626 

 

 

 

36,474 

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

83 

 

 

 

20 

 

 

 

290 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

165 

 

Commercial

 

 

10 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

250 

 

 

 

 -

 

Consumer

 

 

10 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

 

20 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87 

 

 

 

270 

 

 

 

460 

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

2,477 

 

 

 

4,252 

 

 

 

3,691 

 

 

 

3,779 

 

 

 

7,659 

 

Total nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

11,469 

 

 

 

16,352 

 

 

 

17,244 

 

 

 

18,675 

 

 

 

44,593 

 

Nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

3,521 

 

 

 

 -

 

Total nonperforming assets including nonaccrual loans hfs

 

$

11,469 

 

 

$

16,352 

 

 

$

17,244 

 

 

$

22,196 

 

 

$

44,593 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing TDRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,189 

 

 

$

4,069 

 

 

$

4,022 

 

 

$

1,620 

 

 

$

27,335 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

3,875 

 

 

 

5,686 

 

 

 

6,368 

 

 

 

14,582 

 

 

 

7,017 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

4,936 

 

 

 

5,740 

 

 

 

6,237 

 

 

 

9,791 

 

 

 

17,880 

 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

47 

 

 

 

95 

 

 

 

121 

 

Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

Total accruing TDRs

 

$

13,000 

 

 

$

15,495 

 

 

$

16,674 

 

 

$

26,088 

 

 

$

52,353 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percent of total loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

1.03 

%

 

 

1.52 

%

 

 

1.89 

%

 

 

2.05 

%

 

 

4.65 

%

Accruing TDRs

 

 

1.49 

%

 

 

1.95 

%

 

 

2.35 

%

 

 

3.66 

%

 

 

6.67 

%

Nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans hfs

 

 

2.52 

%

 

 

3.47 

%

 

 

4.24 

%

 

 

5.72 

%

 

 

11.31 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percent of total loans and other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

1.31 

%

 

 

2.05 

%

 

 

2.41 

%

 

 

2.61 

%

 

 

5.63 

%

Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans hfs

 

 

2.80 

%

 

 

3.98 

%

 

 

4.75 

%

 

 

6.25 

%

 

 

12.23 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percent of total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

0.77 

%

 

 

1.07 

%

 

 

1.22 

%

 

 

1.39 

%

 

 

3.08 

%

Nonaccrual loans including nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

0.77 

%

 

 

1.07 

%

 

 

1.22 

%

 

 

1.72 

%

 

 

3.08 

%

Nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

0.99 

%

 

 

1.44 

%

 

 

1.57 

%

 

 

1.77 

%

 

 

3.76 

%

Nonperforming assets including nonaccrual loans hfs

 

 

0.99 

%

 

 

1.44 

%

 

 

1.57 

%

 

 

2.11 

%

 

 

3.76 

%

Accruing TDRs

 

 

1.12 

%

 

 

1.37 

%

 

 

1.52 

%

 

 

2.47 

%

 

 

4.41 

%

Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans hfs

 

 

2.11 

%

 

 

2.81 

%

 

 

3.08 

%

 

 

4.25 

%

 

 

8.18 

%

Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs including nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   loans hfs

 

 

2.11 

%

 

 

2.81 

%

 

 

3.08 

%

 

 

4.58 

%

 

 

8.18 

%



44

 


 

Market Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity

The Company's net income is largely dependent on its net interest income.  Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price on a different basis than interest-earning assets.  When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income.  Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income. Net interest income is also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders' equity.

 

The Company’s interest rate risk management goals are (1) to increase net interest income at a growth rate consistent with the growth rate of total assets, and (2) to minimize fluctuations in net interest margin as a percentage of interest-earning assets.  Management attempts to achieve these goals by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets; by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched; by maintaining a pool of administered core deposits; and by adjusting pricing rates to market conditions on a continuing basis.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has established a comprehensive asset liability management policy, which is administered by management’s Asset Liability Management Committee’s (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in the yield curve of U.S. Treasury interest rates for maturities from one day to thirty years. The Company evaluates the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on its short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by outsourcing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology used by the Company. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. As an example, certain money market deposit accounts are assumed to reprice at 50% of the interest rate change in each of the up rate shock scenarios even though this is not a contractual requirement. As a practical matter, management would likely lag the impact of any upward movement in market rates on these accounts as a mechanism to manage the Company’s net interest margin.  Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan, lease, and deposit products.

 

The Company presents a current base case and several alternative simulations at least once a quarter and reports the analysis to the Board of Directors.  In addition, more frequent forecasts could be produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so dictate.

 

The statement of condition is subject to quarterly testing for six alternative interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points (“bp”), although the Company may elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment.  It is management’s goal to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels.

 

Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments.  These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually one year.  They do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Interest Rates:

 

+400 bp

+300 bp

 

+200 bp

 

+100 bp

 

-100 bp

 

-200 bp

Policy Limit

 

40.00 

%

30.00 

%

 

20.00 

%

 

10.00 

%

 

(10.00)

%

 

(20.00)

%

December 31, 2016

 

5.4 

%

4.1 

%

 

2.8 

%

 

1.5 

%

 

(6.2)

%

 

(10.6)

%

December 31, 2015

 

7.9 

 

6.1 

%

 

4.3 

%

 

2.7 

%

 

(5.5)

%

 

(10.2)

%

 

Based on our net interest income simulation as of December 31, 2016, net interest income is expected to increase as interest rates rise . Th e results of the simulation are well within the policy limits adopted by the Company. This is due in part to our strategy to maintain short investment portfolio durations. In addition, rising interest rates would drive higher rates on loans. However, lower interest rates would likely cause a decline in net interest income as lower rates would lead to lower yields on loans and investment securities. Since deposit costs are already at low levels, lower interest rates are unlikely to significantly impact our funding costs. Based on our net interest income simulation as of December 31, 2016, net interest income sensitivity to changes in interest rates for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2016 was less sensitive compared to the sensitivity profile for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2015 . The decline in sensitivity was partially due to changes in our balance sheet mix, including decreases in federal funds sold, floating rate commercial loans, and a shift from certificates of deposit and other time deposits to noninterest bearing deposits which drove down the Company’s cost of funds and interest expense. 



The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. 

45

 


 

The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity (“EVE”), which, in theory, approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Interest Rates:

 

+400 bp

+300 bp

 

+200 bp

 

+100 bp

 

-100 bp

 

-200 bp

 

Policy Limit

 

25.00 

 

20.00 

%

 

15.00 

%

 

10.00 

%

 

(20.00)

%

 

(35.00)

%

 

December 31, 2016

 

(0.5)

%

0.3 

%

 

0.9 

%

 

1.1 

%

 

(7.0)

%

 

(17.3)

%

 

December 31, 2015

 

0.5 

%

1.4 

%

 

1.2 

%

 

0.3 

%

 

(12.3)

%

 

(26.5)

%

 

 

Based on our EVE simulation as of December 31, 2016, equity is expected to increase as interest rates rise in all scenarios other than a 400bp increase and will decline as interest rates decrease. The results of the simulation are well within the policy limits adopted by the Company. The decrease in the EVE at risk from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 primarily resulted from changes in the shape of the yield curve caused by the increases to the Federal Funds rate, as well as strong loan growth for the Bank partially funded by the short duration investment securities. The impact of these changes resulted in the decrease in the change in EVE.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Banks’ exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they use for on-balance sheet instruments. The Bank generally requires collateral or other security to support the financial instruments with credit risk. The amount of collateral or other security is determined based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Letters of credit and other commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Further information about these arrangements is provided in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Management does not believe that any of the foregoing arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

Liquidity Management

Liquidity describes our ability to meet financial obligations that arise during the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Liquidity is derived through increased customer deposits, maturities in the investment portfolio, loan repayments and income from earning assets. To the extent that deposits are not adequate to fund customer loan demand, liquidity needs can be met in the short-term funds markets. We have arrangements with correspondent banks whereby we have $15 million available in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available to meet any short-term needs which may not otherwise be funded by the Banks’ portfolio of readily marketable investments that can be converted to cash. The Bank is also a member of the FHLB, which provides another source of liquidity, and had credit availability of approximately $205.0 million from the FHLB as of December 31, 2016 .

 

At December 31, 2016, our loan to deposit ratio was approximately 87.4%, higher than the 81.5% at year-end 2015. Investment securities available for sale totaling $163.8 million at the end of 2016 were available for the management of liquidity and interest rate risk. The comparable amount was $212.2 million at December 31, 2015. Cash and cash equivalents were $75.9 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $2.1 million, or 2.9%, compared to the $73.8 million at year-end 2015, which reflects management’s efforts to provide sufficient liquidity for funding future loan growth. Management is not aware of any demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will materially affect our ability to maintain liquidity at satisfactory levels.

 

We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments. The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date as of December 31, 2016 .

  







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Within

 

One to

 

Three to

 

Over

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

Deposits without a stated maturity

 

$

737,223 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

737,223 

Time deposits

 

 

154,326 

 

 

60,795 

 

 

45,093 

 

 

52 

 

 

260,266 

Operating leases

 

 

567 

 

 

816 

 

 

465 

 

 

806 

 

 

2,654 

Purchase obligations

 

 

3,073 

 

 

3,782 

 

 

1,094 

 

 

1,040 

 

 

8,989 

Total

 

$

895,189 

 

$

65,393 

 

$

46,652 

 

$

1,898 

 

$

1,009,132 









 

 



Item 7A.

Quant itati ve and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

46

 


 



 

The information required by this item may be found in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report under the caption “Market Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 





 

 



Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.



 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 









 

47

 


 

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT O N INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management.

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition. The system of internal control over financial reporting is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audit with actions taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Because of inherent limitations in any internal control system, no matter how well designed, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based upon criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 COSO Framework).

 

Based on this assessment and on the foregoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. Dixon Hughes Goodman, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on the following page.

 

March 16, 2017

 



 

 

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

/s/ Edward C. Allen

Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

Edward C. Allen

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)







48

 


 

 

PICTURE 6

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Shore Bancshares, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated March 16, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP



Baltimore, Maryland

March 16, 2017

49

 


 

PICTURE 7

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated
March 16, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control  over financial reporting.

/s/Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

March 16, 2017

50

 


 



 

PICTURE 4



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Shore Bancshares, Inc.





We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considering necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/Stegman & Company



Baltimore, Maryland

March 11, 2016



51

 


 



 



 





 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

De cember 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands, except share data)

 

2016

 

2015

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

14,596 

 

$

15,080 

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

 

 

61,342 

 

 

54,223 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 -

 

 

4,508 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

75,938 

 

 

73,811 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale, at fair value

 

 

163,798 

 

 

212,165 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost - fair value of $6,806 (2016)

 

 

 

 

 

 

and $4,243 (2015)

 

 

6,808 

 

 

4,191 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

871,525 

 

 

795,114 

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

(8,726)

 

 

(8,316)

Loans, net

 

 

862,799 

 

 

786,798 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

16,558 

 

 

16,864 

Goodwill

 

 

11,931 

 

 

11,931 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

1,079 

 

 

1,211 

Other real estate owned, net

 

 

2,477 

 

 

4,252 

Other assets

 

 

18,883 

 

 

23,920 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

1,160,271 

 

$

1,135,143 



 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

261,575 

 

$

229,686 

Interest-bearing

 

 

735,914 

 

 

745,778 

Total deposits

 

 

997,489 

 

 

975,464 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,203 

 

 

6,672 

Other liabilities

 

 

5,280 

 

 

6,040 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

1,005,972 

 

 

988,176 



 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; shares authorized -

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,000,000 ; shares issued and outstanding - 12,664,797 (2016) and

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,631,160 (2015)

 

 

127 

 

 

126 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

64,201 

 

 

63,815 

Retained earnings

 

 

90,964 

 

 

83,097 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(993)

 

 

(71)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

154,299 

 

 

146,967 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'S EQUITY

 

$

1,160,271 

 

$

1,135,143 



 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

52

 


 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED ST ATEME NTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

2014



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

37,155 

 

$

35,126 

 

$

35,140 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

3,195 

 

 

3,602 

 

 

2,957 

Tax-exempt

 

 

 

 

10 

 

 

12 

Interest on federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits with other banks

 

 

289 

 

 

130 

 

 

179 

Total interest income

 

 

40,652 

 

 

38,871 

 

 

38,289 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

2,389 

 

 

3,331 

 

 

4,229 

Interest on short-term borrowings

 

 

14 

 

 

15 

 

 

18 

Total interest expense

 

 

2,403 

 

 

3,346 

 

 

4,247 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

38,249 

 

 

35,525 

 

 

34,042 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

1,848 

 

 

2,075 

 

 

3,350 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

 

36,401 

 

 

33,450 

 

 

30,692 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

3,465 

 

 

2,867 

 

 

2,407 

Trust and investment fee income

 

 

1,442 

 

 

1,627 

 

 

1,860 

Gains on sales of investment securities

 

 

30 

 

 

 -

 

 

23 

Gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

 

198 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Insurance agency commissions

 

 

8,551 

 

 

8,274 

 

 

9,525 

Other noninterest income

 

 

2,959 

 

 

2,648 

 

 

2,966 

Total noninterest income

 

 

16,645 

 

 

15,416 

 

 

16,781 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

17,626 

 

 

17,540 

 

 

17,600 

Employee benefits

 

 

3,993 

 

 

3,905 

 

 

4,092 

Occupancy expense

 

 

2,452 

 

 

2,420 

 

 

2,339 

Furniture and equipment expense

 

 

963 

 

 

926 

 

 

975 

Data processing

 

 

3,496 

 

 

3,260 

 

 

3,006 

Directors' fees

 

 

511 

 

 

470 

 

 

474 

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

 

131 

 

 

133 

 

 

201 

Insurance agency commissions expense

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

906 

FDIC insurance premium expense

 

 

696 

 

 

1,214 

 

 

1,636 

Write-downs of other real estate owned

 

 

242 

 

 

127 

 

 

658 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

1,875 

 

 

2,380 

 

 

2,048 

Other noninterest expenses

 

 

5,162 

 

 

4,975 

 

 

5,426 

Total noninterest expense

 

 

37,147 

 

 

37,350 

 

 

39,361 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

15,899 

 

 

11,516 

 

 

8,112 

Income tax expense

 

 

6,261 

 

 

4,408 

 

 

3,061 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per common share

 

$

0.76 

 

$

0.56 

 

$

0.46 

Diluted net income per common share

 

 

0.76 

 

 

0.56 

 

 

0.46 

Dividends paid per common share

 

 

0.14 

 

 

0.04 

 

 

 -

 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

53

 


 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Years Ended December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale-securities

 

 

(1,514)

 

 

(649)

 

 

1,285 

Tax effect

 

 

610 

 

 

262 

 

 

(518)

Reclassification of gains recognized in net income (loss)

 

 

(30)

 

 

 -

 

 

(23)

Tax effect

 

 

12 

 

 

 -

 

 

Net of tax amount

 

 

(922)

 

 

(387)

 

 

753 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(922)

 

 

(387)

 

 

753 

Comprehensive income

 

$

8,716 

 

$

6,721 

 

$

5,804 



 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

54

 


 

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total



 

Common

 

Paid in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders'



 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income(Loss)

 

Equity



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, January 1, 2014

 

$

85 

 

$

32,207 

 

$

71,444 

 

$

(437)

 

$

103,299 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

5,051 

 

 

 -

 

 

5,051 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities, net of reclassification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

753 

 

 

753 

Issuance of common stock through public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

offering, net

 

 

41 

 

 

31,238 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

31,279 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 -

 

 

87 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

87 

Balances, December 31, 2014

 

 

126 

 

 

63,532 

 

 

76,495 

 

 

316 

 

 

140,469 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,108 

 

 

 -

 

 

7,108 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities, net of reclassification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(387)

 

 

(387)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 -

 

 

283 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

283 

Cash dividends paid

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(506)

 

 

 -

 

 

(506)

Balances, December 31, 2015

 

 

126 

 

 

63,815 

 

 

83,097 

 

 

(71)

 

 

146,967 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

9,638 

 

 

 -

 

 

9,638 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities, net of taxes

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(922)

 

 

(922)

Common shares issued for employee stock-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

based awards

 

 

 -

 

 

53 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

53 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

333 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

334 

Cash dividends paid

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,771)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,771)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2016

 

$

127 

 

$

64,201 

 

$

90,964 

 

$

(993)

 

$

154,299 

 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

55

 


 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

1,848 

 

 

2,075 

 

 

3,350 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,449 

 

 

2,434 

 

 

2,312 

Discount accretion on debt securities

 

 

(22)

 

 

(99)

 

 

(60)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

334 

 

 

283 

 

 

87 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based arrangements

 

 

(27)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 -

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

5,716 

 

 

3,874 

 

 

2,836 

Gains on sales of securities

 

 

(30)

 

 

 -

 

 

(23)

Losses on disposals of premises and equipment

 

 

 -

 

 

18 

 

 

82 

Losses on sales and write-downs of other real estate owned

 

 

363 

 

 

171 

 

 

687 

Gain on sale of wholesale insurance subsidiary

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(114)

Gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

 

(198)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(218)

 

 

205 

 

 

(102)

Other assets

 

 

(98)

 

 

(870)

 

 

170 

Accrued interest payables

 

 

(32)

 

 

(66)

 

 

(53)

Other liabilities

 

 

(728)

 

 

(15)

 

 

(1,044)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

18,995 

 

 

15,115 

 

 

13,179 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

59,989 

 

 

68,395 

 

 

43,418 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

 

3,961 

 

 

 -

 

 

988 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities held to maturity

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

113 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

 

(18,120)

 

 

(46,102)

 

 

(133,006)

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held to maturity

 

 

376 

 

 

432 

 

 

443 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

 

(3,000)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Proceeds from the sale of credit card portfolio

 

 

1,428 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net change in loans

 

 

(81,369)

 

 

(88,595)

 

 

(3,982)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(699)

 

 

(1,518)

 

 

(2,077)

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

 

3,700 

 

 

2,040 

 

 

1,697 

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

2,878 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(33,734)

 

 

(65,348)

 

 

(89,528)







 

56

 


 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

For the Years Ended December 31,

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

 

31,890 

 

 

35,872 

 

 

21,017 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

(9,864)

 

 

(9,412)

 

 

(5,482)

Short-term borrowings

 

 

(3,469)

 

 

1,864 

 

 

(5,332)

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

 

 

53 

 

 

 -

 

 

31,279 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based arrangements

 

 

27 

 

 

 

 

 -

Common stock dividends paid

 

 

(1,771)

 

 

(506)

 

 

 -

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

16,866 

 

 

27,821 

 

 

41,482 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

2,127 

 

 

(22,412)

 

 

(34,867)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

73,811 

 

 

96,223 

 

 

131,090 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

75,938 

 

$

73,811 

 

$

96,223 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flows information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

2,434 

 

$

3,413 

 

$

4,300 

Income taxes paid

 

$

435 

 

$

518 

 

$

243 

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned

 

$

2,289 

 

$

2,773 

 

$

2,295 

Change in unrealized (gain) loss on securities available for sale

 

$

(1,664)

 

$

119 

 

$

(529)

Transfers from loans held for sale to loans

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

3,521 

 

The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

57

 


 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 ,   2015 , and 2014

 

NOTE 1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to in these Notes as the “Company”), with all significant intercompany transactions eliminated. The investments in subsidiaries are recorded on the Company’s books (Parent only) on the basis of its equity in the net assets of the subsidiaries. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). For purposes of comparability, certain reclassifications have been made to amounts previously reported to conform with the current period presentation.



Effective July 1, 2016, the Company’s two bank subsidiaries, The Talbot Bank of Easton Maryland and CNB were consolidated into one bank known as Shore United Bank. In these notes to the consolidated financial statements, the term “the Bank” refers to Shore United Bank, unless the context requires stipulating results of the individual banks before the consolidation occurred.  



Nature of Operations

The Company engages in the banking business through Shore United Bank, a Maryland commercial bank with trust powers. The Company’s primary source of revenue is interest earned on commercial, real estate and consumer loans made to customers located on the Delmarva Peninsula. The Company engages in the insurance business through an insurance producer firm, The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC, (“Avon-Dixon”) with two specialty lines, Elliott Wilson Insurance (Trucking) and Jack Martin Associates (Marine); and an insurance premium finance company, Mubell Finance, LLC (“Mubell”) (Avon-Dixon and Mubell are collectively referred to as the “Insurance Subsidiaries”). Avon-Dixon and Mubell are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Shore Bancshares, Inc. The Company engages in the trust services business through the trust department at Shore United Bank under the trade name Wye Financial & Trust.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

The allowance for credit losses is a material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term. Management believes that the Company’s current allowance for credit losses is sufficient to address the probable losses in the current portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

Investment Securities Available for Sale

Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted prices. They represent those securities which management may sell as part of its asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response to changing interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other similar factors. Realized gains and losses are recorded in noninterest income and are determined on a trade date basis using the specific identification method. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income using the interest method over the expected lives of the individual securities. Interest and dividends on investment securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Net unrealized holding gains and losses on these securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of related income taxes. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value and are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Factors affecting the determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost.

 

Investment Securities Held to Maturity

Investment securities held to maturity are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. The Company intends and has the ability to hold such securities until maturity. Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity securities below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost.

58

 


 

Loans

Loans are stated at their principal amount outstanding net of any deferred fees, premiums, discounts and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate based on the principal amount outstanding. Fees charged and costs capitalized for originating loans are being amortized substantially on the interest method over the term of the loan. A loan is placed on nonaccrual (i.e., interest income is no longer accrued) when it is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

A loan is considered impaired if it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the loan’s contractual terms. An impaired loan may show deficiencies in the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral. The impairment of a loan is measured at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Company measures impairment on such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral. Once the amount of impairment has been determined, the uncollectible portion is charged off. Income on impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis, and payments are first applied against the principal balance outstanding (i.e., placing impaired loans on nonaccrual status). Generally, interest income is not recognized on impaired loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote. The allowance for credit losses may include specific reserves related to impaired loans. Specific reserves remain until charge offs are made. Impaired loans do not include groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as residential mortgage and consumer installment loans that are evaluated collectively for impairment. Reserves for probable credit losses related to these loans are based on historical loss ratios and are included in the formula portion of the allowance for credit losses. See additional discussion below under the section, “Allowance for Credit Losses”.

 

A loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. Loans are identified to be restructured when signs of impairment arise such as borrower interest rate reduction request, slowness to pay, or when an inability to repay becomes evident. The terms being offered are evaluated to determine if they are more liberal than those that would be indicated by policy or industry standards for similar, untroubled credits. In those situations where the terms or the interest rates are considered to be more favorable than industry standards or the current underwriting guidelines of the Company’s banking subsidiary, the loan is classified as a TDR. All loans designated as TDRs are considered impaired loans and may be on either accrual or nonaccrual status. In instances where the loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, six consecutive months of timely payments are required prior to returning the loan to accrual status.

 

All loans classified as TDRs which are restructured and accrue interest under revised terms require a full and comprehensive review of the borrower’s financial condition, capacity for repayment, realistic assessment of collateral values, and the assessment of risk entered into any workout agreement. Current financial information on the borrower, guarantor, and underlying collateral is analyzed to determine if it supports the ultimate collection of principal and interest. For commercial loans, the cash flows are analyzed, both for the underlying project and globally. For consumer loans, updated salary, credit history and cash flow information is obtained. Current market conditions are also considered. Following a full analysis, the determination of the appropriate loan structure is made. The Company does not participate in any specific government or Company sponsored loan modification programs. All TDR loan agreements are contracts negotiated with each of the borrowers.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of individual problem loans and actual loss experience, current economic events in specific industries and geographical areas, including unemployment levels, and other pertinent factors, including regulatory guidance and general economic conditions and other observable data. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows or collateral value of impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans that are based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loans, or portions thereof, that are considered uncollectible are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance. The criteria for charge offs are addressed in the Banks’ Collection and Workout Policy. Per the policy, the recognition of the loss of loans or portions of loans will occur when there is a reasonable probability of loss. When the amount of loss can be readily calculated, the loss will be recognized. In cases where an amount cannot be calculated, specific reserves will be maintained. A provision for credit losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary.

 



59

 


 

 

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principles of accounting: (i) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, “Contingencies”, which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and estimable; and (ii) ASC Topic 310, “Receivables,” which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the loan balance and the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market. Management uses many factors to estimate the inherent loss that may be present in our loan portfolio, including economic conditions and trends, the value and adequacy of collateral, the volume and mix of the loan portfolio, and our internal loan processes. Actual losses could differ significantly from management’s estimates. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another. Although the economics of transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact the transactions could change.

 

Three basic components comprise our allowance for credit losses: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the formula allowance; and (iii) the unallocated allowance. Each component is determined based on estimates that can and do change when the actual events occur. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans (i.e., nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”)) based on our assessment of the losses that may be associated with the individual loans. The specific allowance remains until charge-offs are made. An impaired loan may show deficiencies in the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral.

 

The formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as impaired. Loans are grouped by type (construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial or consumer). Each loan type is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, complexity and size of individual loans within a particular category. Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard and doubtful are adversely rated. These loans are assigned higher allowance factors than favorably rated loans due to management’s concerns regarding collectability or management’s knowledge of particular elements regarding the borrower. A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that could result in a future loss to the Company if the weaknesses are realized. A substandard loan has certain deficiencies that could result in a future loss to the Company if these deficiencies are not corrected. A doubtful loan has enough risk that there is a high probability that the Company will sustain a loss.



Management has significant discretion in making the adjustments inherent in the determination of the provision and allowance for credit losses, including in connection with the valuation of collateral, the estimation of a borrower’s prospects of repayment, and the establishment of the allowance factors in the formula allowance and unallocated allowance components of the allowance. The establishment of allowance factors is a continuing exercise, based on management’s ongoing assessment of the totality of all factors, including, but not limited to, delinquencies, loss history, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, national and local economic trends, concentrations of credit, the quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements, and their impact on the portfolio. Allowance factors may change from period to period, resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount of the provision or allowance, based on the same volume and classification of loans. Changes in allowance factors will have a direct impact on the amount of the provision, and a corresponding effect on net income. Errors in management’s perception and assessment of these factors and their impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in additional provisions or charge-offs.

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from three to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment; three to five years for computer hardware and data handling equipment; and 10 to 40 years for buildings and building improvements. Land improvements are amortized over a period of 15 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the respective lease. Sale-leaseback transactions are considered normal leasebacks and any realized gains are deferred and amortized to other income on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements which extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset.

 

Long-lived assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, the Company recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill and other intangible assets are required to be recorded at fair value. Determining fair value is subjective, requiring the use of estimates, assumptions and management judgment. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment, usually during the third quarter, or on an interim basis if circumstances dictate. Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing.

60

 


 



Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were identified based on an analysis of each of its individual operating segments (i.e., the Bank and Insurance Subsidiaries). If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write down the related goodwill or purchased intangibles to record an impairment loss.

 

During the third quarter of 2016 and 2015, goodwill and other intangible assets were subjected to the annual assessment for impairment. As a result of the assessment, it was determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair values of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying amounts so no impairment was recorded.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned represents assets acquired in satisfaction of loans either by foreclosure or deeds taken in lieu of foreclosure. Properties acquired are recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of acquisition, establishing a new cost basis. Thereafter, costs incurred to operate or carry the properties as well as reductions in value as determined by periodic appraisals are charged to operating expense. Gains and losses resulting from the final disposition of the properties are included in noninterest income.



Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of repurchase agreements. The repurchase agreements are securities sold to the Company’s customers, at the customers’ request, under a continuing “roll-over” contract that matures in one business day. The underlying securities sold are U.S. Government agency securities, which are segregated from the Company’s other investment securities by its safekeeping agents.

 

Income Taxes

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with required accounting guidance. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the applicable federal and state income tax rates to cumulative temporary differences. These temporary differences represent differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of certain assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes result from such temporary differences.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income, recoverable taxes paid in prior years and tax planning strategies. The Company evaluates all positive and negative evidence before determining if a valuation allowance is deemed necessary regarding the realization of deferred tax assets.

 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company remains subject to examination for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2013.

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and does not include the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold are considered “cash and cash equivalents” for financial reporting purposes. Interest-bearing deposits with banks generally exceed balances that are recoverable under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation requires that expense relating to such transactions be recognized as compensation cost in the income statement. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. See Note 12 for a further discussion.  

61

 


 

 

Fair Value

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with the measurements made on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities. Impaired loans and other real estate owned are significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, reducing subjectivity. See Note 20 for a further discussion of fair value.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of approximately $528 thousand, $495 thousand and $428 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

 

Recent Accounting Standards

ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” amendment requires entities to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for periods beginning after December 16, 2016. ASU 2015-14, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) Deferral of the Effective Date ASU 2015-14 amendments defer the effective date of Update 2014-09 for all entities by one year. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations” – ASU 2016-08 amendments are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing” – ASU 2016-10 amendments clarify that contractual provisions that, explicitly or implicitly, require an entity to transfer control of additional goods or services to a customer should be distinguished from contractual provisions that, explicitly or implicitly, define the attributes of a single promised license. Attributes of a promised license define the scope of a customer’s right to use or right to access an entity’s intellectual property and, therefore, do not define whether the entity satisfies its performance obligation at a point in time or over time and do not create an obligation for the entity to transfer any additional rights to use or access its intellectual property. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for The Company on January 1, 2018 and The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update will have on the consolidated financial statements. The Company preliminarily believes the adoption of this update will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, as a majority of the Company’s revenue generating transactions are not included in the scope of this update. 

 

ASU No. 2014-12, "Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period." The amendments in the ASU require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation , as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. However, compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. The amendments in this ASU are effective for interim or annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015; early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this ASU either: (1) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (2) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has share-based payment awards that included performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-12 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

62

 


 

 

ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” This ASU provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new guidance does not change the accounting for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. ASU No. 2015-05 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-05 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.



ASU No. 2015-16 – In September 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. Under current GAAP, the acquirer is required to retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill and is also required to revise comparative information for prior periods presented in the financial statements. The amendments in this ASU, require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments in this Update also require that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as the result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. An entity is required to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustments to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. We adopted the amendments in this ASU effective January 1, 2016. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-16 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU, among other things, (i) requires equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (vii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities. ASU 2016-01 will be effective for us on January 1, 2018 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU stipulates that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statement , and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. When measuring assets and liabilities arising from a lease, a lessee (and a lessor) should include payments to be made in optional periods only if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease or not to exercise an option to terminate the lease. Similarly, optional payments to purchase the underlying asset should be included in the measurement of lease assets and lease liabilities only if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that purchase option. In addition, also consistent with the previous leases guidance, a lessee (and a lessor) should exclude most variable lease payments in measuring lease assets and lease liabilities, other than those that depend on an index or a rate or are in substance fixed payments. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expense for such leases generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company expects to elect the package of practical expedients that allows it to not reassess whether any expire or existing contracts represent leases, the lease classification of any expired or existing lease and initial direct costs for any existing or expired leases. The Company expects this standard will have a material impact on its financial statements through gross-up of the balance sheet for lease assets and liabilities. However, no material change to lease expense recognition is expected.



ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” This ASU simplifies the treatment and accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for us on January 1, 2017 and t he Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact the adoption of this update will have on the consolidated financial statements. The Company preliminarily believes the adoption of this update will result in a marginal amount of volatility within income tax expense, depending on the amount and timing of share-based compensation award activity such as; the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, as well as the exercise of stock options.

63

 


 



ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The amendments in this ASU will replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit losses, which will be more decision useful to users of the financial statements. It is not expected that an entity will need to create an economic forecast over the entire contractual life of long-dated financial assets. Therefore, the amendments will allow an entity to revert to historical loss information that is reflective of the contractual term (considering the effect of prepayments) for periods that are beyond the time frame for which the entity is able to develop reasonable and supportable forecasts. The amendments retain many of the disclosure amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses, updated to reflect the change from an incurred loss methodology to an expected credit loss methodology. Credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP. However, the amendments require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than a write-down. For public entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filers, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may adopt the amendments earlier as of the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes this ASU will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and the method in which we calculate our credit losses, primarily on loans and available-for sale securities. At this time, the Company will continue to evaluate the impact and implementation of this standard to meet the effective date for consolidated financial statements beginning in 2019.



ASU No. 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments." Current GAAP is unclear or does not include specific guidance on how to classify certain transactions in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how eight particular transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Entities will be required to apply the guidance retrospectively. If it is impracticable to apply the guidance retrospectively for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. As this guidance only affects the classification within the statement of cash flows, ASU No. 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements  



ASU No. 2017-01 – In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805)” Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The ASU clarifies the definition of a business to assist with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial positions, results of operations or disclosures.

ASU No. 2017-03 – In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings. The ASU adds an SEC paragraph to ASUs 2014-09, 2016-02, and 2016-13 which specifies the SEC staff view that a registrant should evaluate ASUs that have not yet been adopted to determine the appropriate disclosure about the potential material effects of those ASUs on the financial statements when adopted. The guidance also specifies the SEC staff view on financial statement disclosures when the company does not know or cannot reasonably estimate the impact that adoption of the ASUs will have on the financial statements. The ASU also conforms SEC guidance on accounting for tax benefits resulting from investments in affordable housing projects to the guidance in ASU 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323). The amendments in this update are effective upon issuance. The guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2017-04 – In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The ASU simplifies measurement of goodwill and eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The Company should perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The impairment charge is limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial positions, results of operations or disclosures .





64

 


 

 

NOTE 2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The following table provides information on the amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated



 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

34,320 

 

 

56 

 

 

162 

 

 

34,214 

Mortgage-backed

 

 

130,490 

 

 

263 

 

 

1,809 

 

 

128,944 

Equity

 

 

652 

 

 

 -

 

 

12 

 

 

640 

Total

 

$

165,462 

 

$

319 

 

$

1,983 

 

$

163,798 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

5,078 

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

5,079 

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

49,630 

 

 

89 

 

 

190 

 

 

49,529 

Mortgage-backed

 

 

156,939 

 

 

639 

 

 

662 

 

 

156,916 

Equity

 

 

637 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

641 

Total

 

$

212,284 

 

$

733 

 

$

852 

 

$

212,165 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

2,193 

 

$

 -

 

$

78 

 

$

2,115 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

1,615 

 

 

76 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,691 

Other Equity Securities (1)

 

 

3,000 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

3,000 

Total

 

$

6,808 

 

$

76 

 

$

78 

 

$

6,806 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

2,575 

 

$

 -

 

$

60 

 

$

2,515 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

1,616 

 

 

112 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,728 

Total

 

$

4,191 

 

$

112 

 

$

60 

 

$

4,243 



(1)

On December 15, 2016 the Company bought $3.0 million in subordinated notes from a local regional bank which it intends to hold to maturity of December 30, 2026.

65

 


 

 

The following table provides information about gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016. 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Less than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total



 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

11,926 

 

$

58 

 

$

 -

 

$

104 

 

$

11,926 

 

$

162 

Mortgage-backed

 

 

100,237 

 

 

1,546 

 

 

9,208 

 

 

263 

 

 

109,445 

 

 

1,809 

Equity securities

 

 

640 

 

 

12 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

640 

 

 

12 

Total

 

$

112,803 

 

$

1,616 

 

$

9,208 

 

$

367 

 

$

122,011 

 

$

1,983 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

2,115 

 

$

78 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

2,115 

 

$

78 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Less than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total



 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

18,981 

 

$

57 

 

$

 -

 

$

133 

 

$

18,981 

 

$

190 

Mortgage-backed

 

 

43,881 

 

 

328 

 

 

21,263 

 

 

334 

 

 

65,144 

 

 

662 

Equity securities

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

62,862 

 

$

385 

 

$

21,263 

 

$

467 

 

$

84,125 

 

$

852 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

2,515 

 

$

60 

 

$

2,515 

 

$

60 



All of the securities with unrealized losses in the portfolio have modest duration risk, low credit risk, and minimal losses when compared to total amortized cost. The unrealized losses on debt securities that exist are the result of market changes in interest rates since original purchase. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity for debt securities, the Company considers the unrealized losses to be temporary.



The following table provides information on the amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities by maturity date at December 31, 2016.

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Available for sale

 

Held to maturity



 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

Due in one year or less

 

$

15,018 

 

$

15,027 

 

$

210 

 

$

210 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

16,983 

 

 

16,948 

 

 

501 

 

 

531 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

12,889 

 

 

12,736 

 

 

904 

 

 

950 

Due after ten years

 

 

119,920 

 

 

118,447 

 

 

2,193 

 

 

2,115 



 

 

164,810 

 

 

163,158 

 

 

3,808 

 

 

3,806 

Equity securities

 

 

652 

 

 

640 

 

 

3,000 

 

 

3,000 

Total

 

$

165,462 

 

$

163,798 

 

$

6,808 

 

$

6,806 

 

The maturity dates for debt securities are determined using contractual maturity dates.

 

66

 


 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities which have been pledged as collateral for obligations to federal, state and local government agencies, and other purposes as required or permitted by law, or sold under agreements to repurchase. All pledged securities are in the available-for-sale investment portfolio.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015



 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

Pledged available-for-sale securities

 

$

140,042 

 

$

138,875 

 

$

121,142 

 

$

121,207 

 

There were no obligations of states or political subdivisions with carrying values, as to any issuer, exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2016 or 2015.

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities were $4.0 million ,   $0 , and $988 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Gross gains from sales of investment securities were $30 thousand ,   $ 0 and $23 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. There were no gross losses in 2016, 2015 and 2014.



 

NOTE 3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

The Company makes residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers primarily in Talbot County, Queen Anne’s County, Kent County, Caroline County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware. The following table provides information about the principal classes of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Construction

 

$

84,002 

 

$

85,632 

Residential real estate

 

 

325,768 

 

 

307,063 

Commercial real estate

 

 

382,681 

 

 

330,253 

Commercial 

 

 

72,435 

 

 

64,911 

Consumer

 

 

6,639 

 

 

7,255 

Total loans

 

 

871,525 

 

 

795,114 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(8,726)

 

 

(8,316)

Total loans, net

 

$

862,799 

 

$

786,798 



In the normal course of banking business, loans are made to officers and directors and their affiliated interests. These loans are made on substantially the same terms and conditions as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons who are not related to the Company and are not considered to involve more than the normal risk of collectibility. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, such loans outstanding, both direct and indirect (including guarantees), to directors, their associates and policy-making officers, totaled approximately $13.3 million and $22.0 million, respectively. During 2016 and 2015, loan additions were approximately $3.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively, and loan repayments were approximately $1.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Due to the consolidation of the former Bank subsidiaries and their Board of Directors during 2016, many directors who served on those boards no longer serve as members of the new consolidated Bank as of December 31, 2016. This resulted in approximately $10.8 million in outstanding loans to be excluded for reporting loans made to inside directors of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016. Net loan origination fees, included in balances above, totaled $509 thousand and $357 thousand as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.



In the normal course of banking business, risks related to specific loan categories are as follows:

 

Construction loans – Construction loans generally finance the construction of residential real estate for builders and individuals for single family dwellings. In addition, the Bank periodically finances the construction of commercial projects. Credit risk factors include the borrower’s ability to successfully complete the construction on time and within budget, changing market conditions which could affect the value and marketability of projects, changes in the borrower’s ability or willingness to repay the loan and potentially rising interest rates which can impact both the borrower’s ability to repay and the collateral value.



Residential real estate – Residential real estate loans are typically made to consumers and are secured by residential real estate. Credit risk arises from the borrower’s continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Also impacting credit risk would be a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default or subsequent liquidation of the real estate collateral.

 

Commercial real estate – Commercial real estate loans consist of both loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. These loans are subject to adverse changes in the local economy and commercial real estate markets. Credit risk

67

 


 

associated with owner occupied properties arises from the borrower’s financial stability and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay the loan. Non-owner occupied properties carry the risk of a tenant’s deteriorating credit strength, lease expirations in soft markets and sustained vacancies which can adversely impact cash flow.

 

Commercial – Commercial loans are secured or unsecured loans for business purposes. Loans are typically secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other assets of the business. Credit risk arises from the successful operation of the business which may be affected by competition, rising interest rates, regulatory changes and adverse conditions in the local and regional economy.

 

Consumer – Consumer loans include home equity loans and lines, installment loans and personal lines of credit. Credit risk is similar to residential real estate loans above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the value of the collateral securing the loan.

 

The following tables include impairment information relating to loans and the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Residential

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Construction

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$

8,007 

 

$

7,778 

 

$

6,088 

 

$

 -

 

$

99 

 

$

 -

 

$

21,972 

Loans collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

75,995 

 

 

317,990 

 

 

376,593 

 

 

72,435 

 

 

6,540 

 

 

 -

 

 

849,553 

Total loans

 

$

84,002 

 

$

325,768 

 

$

382,681 

 

$

72,435 

 

$

6,639 

 

$

 -

 

$

871,525 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

losses allocated to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,639 

 

$

317 

 

$

185 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

2,141 

Loans collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,148 

 

 

1,636 

 

 

2,425 

 

 

1,145 

 

 

231 

 

 

 -

 

 

6,585 

Total loans

 

$

2,787 

 

$

1,953 

 

$

2,610 

 

$

1,145 

 

$

231 

 

$

 -

 

$

8,726 



During 2016, due to the consolidation of Talbot and CNB, the processes and assumptions affecting the allowance methodology were re-evaluated for a more unified representation of the new consolidated bank. This re-evaluation resulted in a net change in the unallocated portion of the allowance of $776 thousand.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Residential

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Construction

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$

11,598 

 

$

7,945 

 

$

7,762 

 

$

161 

 

$

122 

 

$

 -

 

$

27,588 

Loans collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

74,034 

 

 

299,118 

 

 

322,491 

 

 

64,750 

 

 

7,133 

 

 

 -

 

 

767,526 

Total loans

 

$

85,632 

 

$

307,063 

 

$

330,253 

 

$

64,911 

 

$

7,255 

 

$

 -

 

$

795,114 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

losses allocated to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$

619 

 

$

435 

 

$

340 

 

$

 -

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

1,401 

Loans collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,027 

 

 

1,746 

 

 

2,659 

 

 

558 

 

 

149 

 

 

776 

 

 

6,915 

Total loans

 

$

1,646 

 

$

2,181 

 

$

2,999 

 

$

558 

 

$

156 

 

$

776 

 

$

8,316 

 

68

 


 

 

The following tables provide information on impaired loans and any related allowance by loan class as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The difference between the unpaid principal balance and the recorded investment is the amount of partial charge-offs that have been taken.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Unpaid

 

 

investment

 

 

investment

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest



 

principal

 

 

with no

 

 

with an

 

Related

 

recorded

 

income

(Dollars in thousands)

 

balance

 

 

allowance

 

 

allowance

 

allowance

 

investment

 

recognized

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

7,247 

 

$

 -

 

$

3,818 

 

$

1,621 

 

$

5,707 

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

 

4,013 

 

 

1,957 

 

 

1,946 

 

 

166 

 

 

3,500 

 

 

 -

Commercial real estate

 

 

1,801 

 

 

959 

 

 

193 

 

 

117 

 

 

2,144 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

108 

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

99 

 

 

99 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

106 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

13,160 

 

$

3,015 

 

$

5,957 

 

$

1,904 

 

$

11,565 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired accruing TDRs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,189 

 

$

3,479 

 

$

710 

 

$

18 

 

$

4,172 

 

$

96 

Residential real estate

 

 

3,875 

 

 

2,829 

 

 

1,046 

 

 

151 

 

 

4,663 

 

 

195 

Commercial real estate

 

 

4,936 

 

 

1,573 

 

 

3,363 

 

 

68 

 

 

5,090 

 

 

174 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

13,000 

 

$

7,881 

 

$

5,119 

 

$

237 

 

$

13,925 

 

$

465 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

11,436 

 

$

3,479 

 

$

4,528 

 

$

1,639 

 

$

9,879 

 

$

96 

Residential real estate

 

 

7,888 

 

 

4,786 

 

 

2,992 

 

 

317 

 

 

8,163 

 

 

195 

Commercial real estate

 

 

6,737 

 

 

2,532 

 

 

3,556 

 

 

185 

 

 

7,234 

 

 

174 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

108 

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

99 

 

 

99 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

106 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

26,160 

 

$

10,896 

 

$

11,076 

 

$

2,141 

 

$

25,490 

 

$

465 

 

69

 


 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Unpaid

 

 

investment

 

 

investment

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest



 

principal

 

 

with no

 

 

with an

 

Related

 

recorded

 

income

(Dollars in thousands)

 

balance

 

 

allowance

 

 

allowance

 

allowance

 

investment

 

recognized

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

11,850 

 

$

4,647 

 

$

2,882 

 

$

588 

 

$

8,176 

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

 

2,563 

 

 

1,773 

 

 

487 

 

 

208 

 

 

2,767 

 

 

 -

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,988 

 

 

1,813 

 

 

209 

 

 

 

 

2,159 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 

175 

 

 

161 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

126 

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

128 

 

 

98 

 

 

23 

 

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

17,704 

 

$

8,492 

 

$

3,601 

 

$

812 

 

$

13,350 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired accruing TDRs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,069 

 

$

3,266 

 

$

803 

 

$

31 

 

$

4,080 

 

$

84 

Residential real estate

 

 

5,686 

 

 

2,380 

 

 

3,306 

 

 

227 

 

 

6,947 

 

 

312 

Commercial real estate

 

 

5,740 

 

 

1,702 

 

 

4,038 

 

 

331 

 

 

5,943 

 

 

254 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

27 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

15,495 

 

$

7,348 

 

$

8,147 

 

$

589 

 

$

16,997 

 

$

651 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

15,919 

 

$

7,913 

 

$

3,685 

 

$

619 

 

$

12,256 

 

$

84 

Residential real estate

 

 

8,249 

 

 

4,153 

 

 

3,793 

 

 

435 

 

 

9,714 

 

 

312 

Commercial real estate

 

 

8,728 

 

 

3,515 

 

 

4,247 

 

 

340 

 

 

8,102 

 

 

254 

Commercial 

 

 

175 

 

 

161 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

153 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

128 

 

 

98 

 

 

23 

 

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

33,199 

 

$

15,840 

 

$

11,748 

 

$

1,401 

 

$

30,347 

 

$

651 



70

 


 

 

The following tables provide a roll-forward for troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

1/1/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2016

 

 

 



 

TDR

 

New

 

Disbursements

 

Charge

 

Reclassifications/

 

 

 

TDR

 

Related

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

TDRs

 

(Payments)

 

offs

 

Transfer In/(Out)

 

Payoffs

 

Balance

 

Allowance

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing TDRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,069 

 

$

 -

 

$

120 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

4,189 

 

$

18 

Residential real estate

 

 

5,686 

 

 

565 

 

 

(405)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,595)

 

 

(376)

 

 

3,875 

 

 

151 

Commercial real estate

 

 

5,740 

 

 

495 

 

 

(724)

 

 

(117)

 

 

(458)

 

 

 -

 

 

4,936 

 

 

68 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

15,495 

 

$

1,060 

 

$

(1,009)

 

$

(117)

 

$

(2,053)

 

$

(376)

 

$

13,000 

 

$

237 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual TDRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,960 

 

$

2,570 

 

$

(2,022)

 

$

(590)

 

$

(1,100)

 

$

 -

 

$

3,818 

 

$

1,621 

Residential real estate

 

 

445 

 

 

117 

 

 

(531)

 

 

(23)

 

 

1,595 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,603 

 

 

156 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(117)

 

 

(258)

 

 

458 

 

 

 -

 

 

83 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

23 

 

 

 -

 

 

(23)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

5,428 

 

$

2,687 

 

$

(2,693)

 

$

(871)

 

$

953 

 

$

 -

 

$

5,504 

 

$

1,777 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

20,923 

 

$

3,747 

 

$

(3,702)

 

$

(988)

 

$

(1,100)

 

$

(376)

 

$

18,504 

 

$

2,014 

  





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

1/1/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/15

 

 

 



 

TDR

 

New

 

Disbursements

 

Charge

 

Reclassifications/

 

 

 

TDR

 

Related

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

TDRs

 

(Payments)

 

offs

 

Transfer In/(Out)

 

Payoffs

 

Balance

 

Allowance

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing TDRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

4,022 

 

$

 -

 

$

(95)

 

$

 -

 

$

142 

 

$

 -

 

$

4,069 

 

$

31 

Residential real estate

 

 

6,368 

 

 

1,837 

 

 

(1,195)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,324)

 

 

 -

 

 

5,686 

 

 

227 

Commercial real estate

 

 

6,237 

 

 

 -

 

 

(497)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

5,740 

 

 

331 

Commercial 

 

 

47 

 

 

 -

 

 

(6)

 

 

 -

 

 

(41)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

16,674 

 

$

1,837 

 

$

(1,793)

 

$

 -

 

$

(1,223)

 

$

 -

 

$

15,495 

 

$

589 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual TDRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

3,321 

 

$

 -

 

$

(214)

 

$

(1,058)

 

$

2,911 

 

$

 -

 

$

4,960 

 

$

588 

Residential real estate

 

 

3,382 

 

 

 -

 

 

(26)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,911)

 

 

 -

 

 

445 

 

 

141 

Commercial real estate

 

 

346 

 

 

 -

 

 

(4)

 

 

(40)

 

 

(302)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

25 

 

 

 -

 

 

(2)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

23 

 

 

Total

 

$

7,074 

 

$

 -

 

$

(246)

 

$

(1,098)

 

$

(302)

 

$

 -

 

$

5,428 

 

$

736 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

23,748 

 

$

1,837 

 

$

(2,039)

 

$

(1,098)

 

$

(1,525)

*

$

 -

 

$

20,923 

 

$

1,325 

 

* $1.3 million in subsequently modified TDRs were transferred from accruing TDR classification to accrual status during the third quarter of 2015, thus removing the TDR designation. In accordance with ASC 310-40-50-2 “Creditor Disclosure of Troubled Debt Restructurings,” an impaired loan that has been subsequently restructured in a troubled debt restructuring involving modification of terms need not be included in the disclosures in years after the restructuring if both of the following conditions exist: a) the subsequent restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the creditor was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk; and b) the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement. During the period ended December 31, 2015, three loans totaling $1.3 million met the conditions stipulated in ASC 310-40-50-2, and after a careful evaluation of well supported documentation by management, these loans were upgraded to accrual status.

 

71

 


 

 

The following tables provide information on loans that were modified and considered TDRs during 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Premodification

 

Postmodification

 

 

 



 

 

 

outstanding

 

outstanding

 

 

 



 

Number of

 

recorded 

 

recorded

 

Related

(Dollars in thousands)

 

contracts

 

investment

 

investment

 

allowance

TDRs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

 

 

667 

 

 

688 

 

 

 -

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

695 

 

 

572 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

 

$

1,362 

 

$

1,260 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

10 

 

 

1,835 

 

 

1,837 

 

 

19 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

2,262 

 

 

2,347 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

11 

 

$

4,097 

 

$

4,184 

 

$

19 

  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were five TDRs which were modified. The modifications to these TDRs consisted of reductions in principal, interest and rate as well as payment frequency for one of the TDRs.



The following tables provide information on TDRs that defaulted during 2016 and 2015. Generally, a loan is considered in default when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Related

(Dollars in thousands)

 

contracts

 

investment

 

allowance

TDRs that subsequently defaulted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

$

589 

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

 

 

23 

 

 

 -

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

375 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

 

$

987 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Residential real estate

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

279 

 

 

 -

Commercial 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

 

$

279 

 

$

 -

 

Management uses risk ratings as part of its monitoring of the credit quality in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard or doubtful are adversely rated. They are assigned higher risk ratings than favorably rated loans in the calculation of the formula portion of the allowance for credit losses. At December 31, 2016, there were no nonaccrual loans classified as special mention or doubtful and $9.0 million of nonaccrual loans were identified as substandard. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2015 were special mention $0 , substandard $12.1 million and doubtful $0 , respectively.

72

 


 

 

The following tables provide information on loan risk ratings as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Pass/Performing

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

72,641 

 

$

4,195 

 

$

7,166 

 

$

 -

 

$

84,002 

Residential real estate

 

 

312,242 

 

 

6,646 

 

 

6,880 

 

 

 -

 

 

325,768 

Commercial real estate

 

 

363,461 

 

 

10,939 

 

 

8,281 

 

 

 -

 

 

382,681 

Commercial

 

 

71,313 

 

 

857 

 

 

265 

 

 

 -

 

 

72,435 

Consumer

 

 

6,540 

 

 

 -

 

 

99 

 

 

 -

 

 

6,639 

Total

 

$

826,197 

 

$

22,637 

 

$

22,691 

 

$

 -

 

$

871,525 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Pass/Performing

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

70,214 

 

$

3,903 

 

$

11,515 

 

$

 -

 

$

85,632 

Residential real estate

 

 

290,857 

 

 

8,837 

 

 

7,369 

 

 

 -

 

 

307,063 

Commercial real estate

 

 

302,438 

 

 

18,699 

 

 

9,116 

 

 

 -

 

 

330,253 

Commercial

 

 

63,628 

 

 

1,075 

 

 

208 

 

 

 -

 

 

64,911 

Consumer

 

 

7,107 

 

 

26 

 

 

122 

 

 

 -

 

 

7,255 

Total

 

$

734,244 

 

$

32,540 

 

$

28,330 

 

$

 -

 

$

795,114 

 

The following tables provide information on the aging of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

30-59 days

 

60-89 days

 

Greater than

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current

 

past due

 

past due

 

90 days

 

past due

 

Nonaccrual

 

Total

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

80,079 

 

 

$

 -

 

 

$

105 

 

 

$

 -

 

 

$

105 

 

 

$

3,818 

 

 

$

84,002 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

317,992 

 

 

 

1,778 

 

 

 

2,095 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

3,873 

 

 

 

3,903 

 

 

 

325,768 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

375,552 

 

 

 

3,219 

 

 

 

2,758 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

5,977 

 

 

 

1,152 

 

 

 

382,681 

 

Commercial

 

 

72,272 

 

 

 

19 

 

 

 

134 

 

 

 

10 

 

 

 

163 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

72,435 

 

Consumer

 

 

6,515 

 

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 

 

 

 

25 

 

 

 

99 

 

 

 

6,639 

 

Total

 

$

852,410 

 

 

$

5,029 

 

 

$

5,094 

 

 

$

20 

 

 

$

10,143 

 

 

$

8,972 

 

 

$

871,525 

 

Percent of total loans

 

 

97.8 

%

 

 

0.6 

%

 

 

0.6 

%

 

 

 -

%

 

 

1.2 

%

 

 

1.0 

%

 

 

100.0 

%

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

30-59 days

 

60-89 days

 

Greater than

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current

 

past due

 

past due

 

90 days

 

past due

 

Nonaccrual

 

Total

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

78,082 

 

 

$

21 

 

 

$

 -

 

 

$

 -

 

 

$

21 

 

 

$

7,529 

 

 

$

85,632 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

300,563 

 

 

 

2,139 

 

 

 

2,102 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

4,241 

 

 

 

2,259 

 

 

 

307,063 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

327,370 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

861 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

861 

 

 

 

2,022 

 

 

 

330,253 

 

Commercial

 

 

64,670 

 

 

 

49 

 

 

 

31 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

80 

 

 

 

161 

 

 

 

64,911 

 

Consumer

 

 

7,107 

 

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26 

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 

7,255 

 

Total

 

$

777,792 

 

 

$

2,222 

 

 

$

3,000 

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,229 

 

 

$

12,093 

 

 

$

795,114 

 

Percent of total loans

 

 

97.8 

%

 

 

0.3 

%

 

 

0.4 

%

 

 

 -

%

 

 

0.7 

%

 

 

1.5 

%

 

 

100.0 

%

 

73

 


 

The following tables provide a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses allocated by loan class for 2016 and 2015.

Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one loan class does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other loan classes.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Residential

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Construction

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

1,646 

 

$

2,181 

 

$

2,999 

 

$

558 

 

$

156 

 

$

776 

 

$

8,316 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(615)

 

 

(580)

 

 

(503)

 

 

(497)

 

 

(45)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,240)

Recoveries

 

 

35 

 

 

298 

 

 

25 

 

 

428 

 

 

16 

 

 

 -

 

 

802 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(580)

 

 

(282)

 

 

(478)

 

 

(69)

 

 

(29)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,438)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

1,721 

 

 

54 

 

 

89 

 

 

656 

 

 

104 

 

 

(776)

 

 

1,848 

Ending Balance

 

$

2,787 

 

$

1,953 

 

$

2,610 

 

$

1,145 

 

$

231 

 

$

 -

 

$

8,726 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Residential

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Construction

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

1,303 

 

$

2,834 

 

$

2,379 

 

$

448 

 

$

229 

 

$

502 

 

$

7,695 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(1,058)

 

 

(283)

 

 

(920)

 

 

(396)

 

 

(67)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,724)

Recoveries

 

 

125 

 

 

398 

 

 

379 

 

 

319 

 

 

49 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,270 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(933)

 

 

115 

 

 

(541)

 

 

(77)

 

 

(18)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,454)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

1,276 

 

 

(768)

 

 

1,161 

 

 

187 

 

 

(55)

 

 

274 

 

 

2,075 

Ending Balance

 

$

1,646 

 

$

2,181 

 

$

2,999 

 

$

558 

 

$

156 

 

$

776 

 

$

8,316 



Foreclosure Proceedings

Consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure totaled $687 thousand and $581 thousand as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were 2 and 5 residential properties held in other real estate owned totaling $18 thousand and $460 thousand, respectively.



Performing TDRs were in compliance with their modified terms and there are no further commitments associated with these loans.



 



74

 


 

NOTE 4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

The following table provides information on premises and equipment at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Land

 

$

5,818 

 

$

5,818 

Buildings and land improvements

 

 

16,296 

 

 

15,982 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

6,746 

 

 

6,710 



 

 

28,860 

 

 

28,510 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(12,302)

 

 

(11,646)

Total

 

$

16,558 

 

$

16,864 

 

Depreciation expense totaled $ 1.0   million ,   $912 thousand and $ 867 thousand for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

 

The Company leases facilities under operating leases. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $6 6 0 thousand, $650 thousand and $700 thousand, respectively. Future minimum annual rental payments are approximately as follows:

 





 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

2017

 

$

567 

2018

 

 

434 

2019

 

 

382 

2020

 

 

250 

2021

 

 

215 

Thereafter

 

 

806 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

2,654 







 



NOTE 5. INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

 

The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC (“Avon-Dixon”), a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company, owns a 40% interest in a segregated portfolio of Eastern Re Ltd., SPC (“Eastern”), a specialty reinsurance company. This investment is carried at cost, adjusted for Avon-Dixon’s equity ownership in Eastern’s net income or loss. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying value of the investment in Eastern was $ 361 thousand and $320 thousand, respectively. During 2016 and 2015, income (loss ) recognized from the investment in Eastern was $ 41   thousand and $(112) thousand, respectively.

   

75

 


 



NOTE 6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following table provides information on the significant components of goodwill and other acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Community Banking segment had goodwill of $2.5 million at the end of both 2016 and 2015. The Insurance segment had goodwill of $9.4 million at the end of 2016 and 2015. See Note 27 for further information regarding the Company’s business segments.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted



 

Gross

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

Net

 

Average



 

Carrying

 

Impairment

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Remaining Life

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Charges

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

(in years)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

15,235 

 

$

(2,637)

 

$

(667)

 

$

11,931 

 

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employment agreements

 

$

440 

 

$

 -

 

$

(440)

 

$

 -

 

 -

Insurance expirations

 

 

1,270 

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,233)

 

 

37 

 

0.4 

Customer relationships

 

 

795 

 

 

(95)

 

 

(438)

 

 

262 

 

5.6 



 

 

2,505 

 

 

(95)

 

 

(2,111)

 

 

299 

 

 

Unamortizable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrier relationships

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Trade name

 

 

780 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

780 

 

 -



 

 

780 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

780 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

3,285 

 

$

(95)

 

$

(2,111)

 

$

1,079 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted



 

Gross

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

Net

 

Average



 

Carrying

 

Impairment

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Remaining Life



 

Amount

 

Charges

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

(in years)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

15,235 

 

$

(2,637)

 

$

(667)

 

$

11,931 

 

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employment agreements

 

$

440 

 

$

 -

 

$

(440)

 

$

 -

 

 -

Insurance expirations

 

 

1,270 

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,148)

 

 

122 

 

1.4 

Customer relationships

 

 

795 

 

 

(95)

 

 

(391)

 

 

309 

 

6.4 



 

 

2,505 

 

 

(95)

 

 

(1,979)

 

 

431 

 

 

Unamortizable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrier relationships

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

Trade name

 

 

780 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

780 

 

 -



 

 

780 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

780 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

3,285 

 

$

(95)

 

$

(1,979)

 

$

1,211 

 

 

 

The aggregate amortization expense was $13 1 thousand, $133 thousand, and $201 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively.

 

















76

 


 



The following table provides information on current period and estimated future amortization expense for amortizable other intangible assets.

 







 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Amortization

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Expense

Estimate for years ended December 31,

2017 

 

 

$

84 



2018 

 

 

 

47 



2019 

 

 

 

47 



2020 

 

 

 

47 



2021 

 

 

 

44 







 

NOTE 7. OTHER ASSETS

 

The Company had the following other assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Nonmarketable investment securities

 

$

1,650 

 

$

1,621 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

2,675 

 

 

2,458 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

7,039 

 

 

12,132 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,149 

 

 

1,039 

Cash surrender value on life insurance

 

 

2,589 

 

 

2,521 

Other assets

 

 

3,781 

 

 

4,149 

Total

 

$

18,883 

 

$

23,920 

 





NOTE 8. OTHER LIABILITIES

 

The Company had the following other liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Accrued interest payable

 

$

74 

 

$

106 

Other accounts payable

 

 

2,461 

 

 

2,775 

Deferred compensation liability

 

 

1,444 

 

 

1,464 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,301 

 

 

1,695 

Total

 

$

5,280 

 

$

6,040 





 

NOTE 9. DEPOSITS

 

The approximate amount of certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more was $29. 1 million and $29.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The following table provides information on the approximate maturities of total time deposits at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Due in one year or less

 

$

154,328 

 

$

163,220 

Due in one to three years

 

 

60,795 

 

 

86,719 

Due in three to five years

 

 

45,145 

 

 

39,855 

Total

 

$

260,268 

 

$

289,794 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, deposits, both direct and indirect, to directors, their associates and policy-making officers, totaled approximately $4.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

 



77

 


 

NOTE 10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

The following table summarizes certain information on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

Average for the Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

$

5,753 

 

0.24 

%

 

$

6,226 

 

0.24 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Year End

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

$

3,203 

 

0.25 

%

 

$

6,672 

 

0.23 

%

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are securities sold to customers, at the customers’ request, under a “roll-over” contract that matures in one business day. The underlying securities sold are U.S. Government agency securities, which are segregated in the Company’s custodial accounts from other investment securities.

 

The Company may periodically borrow from a correspondent federal funds line of credit arrangement, under a secured reverse repurchase agreement, or from the Federal Home Loan Bank to meet short-term liquidity needs.

 

NOTE 11. BENEFIT PLANS

 

401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan

 

The Company has a 401(k) and profit sharing plan covering substantially all full-time employees. The plan calls for matching contributions by the Company, and the Company makes discretionary contributions based on profits. Company contributions to this plan included in expense totaled $ 539 thousand, $491 thousand, and $545 thousand for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

 

78

 


 

 

NOTE 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

At the 2016 annual meeting, stockholders approved the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2016 Stock and Incentive Plan (“2016 Equity Plan”), replacing the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Plan (“2006 Equity Plan”), which expired on that date. The Company may issue shares of common stock or grant other equity-based awards pursuant to the 2016 Equity Plan. Stock-based awards granted to date generally are time-based, vest in equal installments on each anniversary of the grant date and range over a one- to five-year period of time, and, in the case of stock options, expire 10 years from the grant date. As part of the 2016 Equity Plan, a performance equity incentive award program, known as the “Long-term incentive plan” allows participating officers of the Company to earn incentive awards of performance share/restricted stock units if certain pre-determined targets are achieved at the end of a three-year performance cycle. Stock-based compensation expense based on the grant date fair value is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards and reflects forfeitures as they occur. The 2016 Equity Plan originally reserved 750,000 shares of common stock for grant, and 732,545 shares remained available for grant at December 31, 2016.

 

The following tables provide information on stock-based compensation expense for 2016, 2015, and 2014.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

334 

 

$

283 

 

$

87 

Excess tax benefits related to stock-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation

 

 

27 

 

 

 

 

 -







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Unrecognized stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

expense

 

$

337 

 

 

$

222 

 

 

$

59 

 

Weighted average period unrecognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

expense is expected to be recognized

 

 

0.9 

years

 

 

1.5 

years

 

 

0.8 

years



The following table summarizes restricted stock award activity for the Company under the 2016 Equity Plan for the three years ended December 31, 2016.

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014



 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 



 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date



 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Nonvested at beginning of period

 

12,488 

 

$

8.74 

 

14,251 

 

$

8.51 

 

13,930 

 

$

8.33 

Granted

 

27,366 

 

 

11.51 

 

12,647 

 

 

9.21 

 

3,654 

 

 

9.57 

Vested

 

(22,788)

 

 

10.01 

 

(14,410)

 

 

8.93 

 

(3,333)

 

 

8.93 

Cancelled

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

Nonvested at end of period

 

17,066 

 

$

11.46 

 

12,488 

 

$

8.74 

 

14,251 

 

$

8.51 

 

The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested was $228 thousand in 2016, $129 thousand in 2015, and $30 thousand in 2014.



Restricted stock units (RSUs) are similar to restricted stock, except the recipient does not receive the stock immediately, but instead receives it upon the terms and conditions of the Company’s long-term incentive plans which are subject to performance milestones achieved at the end of a three-year period.  Each RSU cliff vests at the end of the three -year period and entitles the recipient to receive one share of common stock on a specified issuance date.  The recipient does not have any stockholder rights, including voting rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient becomes the holder of those shares.



During 2016, the Company entered into a long-term incentive program agreement with officers of the Company and its subsidiaries to award RSUs based on a performance metric to be achieved as of December 31, 2018. These awards will cliff vest on this date, in which the final number of common shares to be issued will be determined. The range of RSUs which could potentially be awarded at the end of the performance cycle are between 12,214 shares and 48,871 shares, assuming a certain performance metric is met. In addition, two members of the long-term incentive plan from 2015 forfeited their RSUs due to leaving the Company before the end of the vesting period. The following table presents managements evaluation of the probable number of common stock awards to be issued at the end of the performance cycle.



During 2015, the Company entered into a long-term incentive program agreement with officers of the Company and its subsidiaries to award RSUs based on performance metrics to be achieved as of December 31, 2017. These awards will cliff vest on this date, in which the final number of common shares to be issued will be determined. The range of RSUs which could potentially be awarded at the end of the performance cycle are 10,953 shares and 43,821 shares, assuming certain performance metrics are met. The following table presents managements evaluation of the probable number of common stock awards to be issued at the end of the performance cycle.

79

 


 

The following table summarizes restricted stock units activity for the Company under the 2016 and 2006 Equity Plans for the three years ended December 31, 2016.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014



 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 



 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date



 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Outstanding at beginning of period

 

26,943 

 

$

9.49 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

 -

 

$

 -

Granted

 

24,433 

 

 

11.68 

 

26,943 

 

 

9.49 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Vested

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

Forfeited

 

(5,034)

 

 

9.49 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

Outstanding at end of period

 

46,342 

 

$

10.64 

 

26,943 

 

$

9.49 

 

 -

 

$

 -



 

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company under the 2016 Equity Plan for the three years ended December 31, 2016.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014



 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

Weighted Average 



 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

Number of

 

Grant Date



 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Outstanding at beginning of period

 

61,327 

 

$

8.05 

 

27,108 

 

$

6.64 

 

40,662 

 

$

6.64 

Granted

 

12,443 

 

 

11.12 

 

34,219 

 

 

9.18 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Exercised

 

(11,684)

 

 

6.64 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

(3,593)

 

 

6.64 

Expired/Cancelled

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

(9,961)

 

 

6.64 

Outstanding at end of period

 

62,086 

 

$

8.29 

 

61,327 

 

$

8.05 

 

27,108 

 

$

6.64 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of period

 

58,756 

 

$

8.14 

 

44,218 

 

$

7.62 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2016 was $5.03 . The Company estimates the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes valuation model with weighted average assumptions for dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected lives (in years). The expected dividend yield is calculated by dividing the total expected annual dividend payout by the average stock price. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the underlying securities. The risk-free interest rate is based on the Federal Reserve Bank’s constant maturities daily interest rate in effect at grant date. The expected contract life of the options represents the period of time that the Company expects the awards to be outstanding based on historical experience with similar awards. The following weighted average assumptions were used as inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model for options granted in 2016 and   2015.







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

Dividend yield

 

0.73 

%

 

 -

%

Expected volatility

 

38.60 

%

 

32.00 

%

Expected forfeiture rate

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.75 

%

 

1.97 

%

Expected contract life (in years)

 

10 years

 

 

7 years

 



At December 31, 2016, the aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding under the 2016 Equity Plan was $432 thousand based on the $15.25 market value per share of Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock at December 31, 2016. During 2016, 11,684 options were exercised. The intrinsic value associated with these stock options exercised was $21 thousand. Cash received on exercise of these options totaled $53 thousand. At December 31, 2016, the weighted average remaining contract life of options outstanding was 7.1 years.

 

NOTE 13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 

The Shore Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is for members of management and highly compensated employees of Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Plan permits a participant to elect, each year, to defer receipt of up to 100% of his or her salary and bonus to be earned in the following year. The Plan also permits the participant to defer the receipt of performance-based compensation not later than six months before the end of the period for which it is to be earned. The deferred amounts are credited to an account maintained on behalf of the participant and are invested at the discretion of each participant in certain deemed investment options selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Shore Bancshares, Inc. Shore Bancshares, Inc. may also make matching, mandatory and discretionary contributions for certain participants. A participant is fully vested at all times in the amounts that he or she elects to defer. Any contributions by Shore Bancshares, Inc. will vest over a five -year period. There were no elective deferrals made by plan participants during 2016, 2015 or 2014.

80

 


 

 

The following table provides information on Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s contributions to the Plan for 2016, 2015, and 2014 and the related deferred compensation liability at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Deferred compensation contribution

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Deferred compensation liability

 

$

496 

 

$

444 



 

Shore United Bank assumed agreements held by the former CNB Bank under which its former directors had elected to defer part of their fees and compensation while serving on the former Board of CNB. The amounts deferred are invested in insurance policies, on the lives of the respective individuals. Amounts available under the policies are to be paid to the individuals as retirement benefits over future years. The following table includes information on the cash surrender value and the accrued benefit obligation included in other assets and other liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

















 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Cash surrender value

 

$

3,552 

 

$

3,448 

Accrued benefit obligation

 

 

1,444 

 

 

1,020 









 

NOTE 14. OTHER EXPENSES

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s other noninterest expenses for the years ended December 31:

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Advertising and marketing

 

$

528 

 

$

495 

 

$

428 

Other customer expense

 

 

279 

 

 

172 

 

 

396 

Other expense

 

 

2,096 

 

 

2,168 

 

 

2,070 

Other loan expense

 

 

510 

 

 

515 

 

 

894 

Software expense

 

 

895 

 

 

697 

 

 

664 

Travel and entertainment expense

 

 

315 

 

 

303 

 

 

288 

Trust professional fees

 

 

539 

 

 

625 

 

 

686 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

 

$

5,162 

 

$

4,975 

 

$

5,426 





 



81

 


 

NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES

 

The following table provides information on components of income tax expense for each of the three years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Current tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

525 

 

$

247 

 

$

 -

State

 

 

19 

 

 

287 

 

 

225 



 

 

544 

 

 

534 

 

 

225 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

4,486 

 

 

3,369 

 

 

2,516 

State

 

 

1,230 

 

 

505 

 

 

320 



 

 

5,716 

 

 

3,874 

 

 

2,836 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

6,261 

 

$

4,408 

 

$

3,061 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of tax computed at th e statutory federal tax rate to the actual tax expense (benefit) for each of the three years ended December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Tax at federal statutory rate

 

35.0 

%

 

34.0 

%

 

34.0 

%

Tax effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-exempt income

 

(0.8)

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

(0.9)

 

Other non-deductible expenses

 

0.3 

 

 

0.2 

 

 

0.3 

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

5.1 

 

 

4.5 

 

 

4.4 

 

Other 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.1)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense (benefit) rate

 

39.4 

%

 

38.2 

%

 

37.7 

%

 



The following table provides information on significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

$

3,486 

 

$

3,316 

Reserve for off-balance sheet commitments

 

 

122 

 

 

121 

Net operating loss carry forward

 

 

2,232 

 

 

9,069 

Write-downs of other real estate owned

 

 

387 

 

 

308 

Deferred income

 

 

1,011 

 

 

1,155 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

672 

 

 

48 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 -

 

 

946 

AMT Credits

 

 

869 

 

 

 -

Other

 

 

1,192 

 

 

191 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

9,971 

 

 

15,154 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

239 

 

 

271 

Amortization on loans FMV adjustment

 

 

156 

 

 

140 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

 

2,019 

 

 

1,988 

Deferred capital gain on branch sale

 

 

401 

 

 

411 

Other

 

 

116 

 

 

212 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

2,931 

 

 

3,022 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

7,040 

 

$

12,132 

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets consists of gross net operating loss carryovers for federal and state of $2.2 million and $27.3 million that will be used to offset taxable income in future periods. The Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryovers are available for use through December 31, 2033 while its state net operating losses will begin to expire in the year ended December 31, 2026 with limited amounts available through December 31, 2034 . Additionally, the Company has $869 thousand of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2016 which may be carried forward indefinitely.

82

 


 



No valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as management believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized based on the following positive material factors: 1) The Company was profitable for all four quarters of 2014, 2015 and 2016 on a GAAP basis. The net operating loss was originally created in the third quarter of 2013 and was solely attributable to the former Talbot Bank’s sale of loans and other real estate owned (the “Asset Sale”), which is considered non-recurring. 2) The Company had pre-tax income of $15.9 million and $11.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, providing further evidence that the Asset Sale was producing positive results and confirming the expectation of utilizing the deferred tax assets. Alternatively, the Company has reviewed negative factors which would influence the conclusion of realizing the deferred tax assets. These factors include the following: 1) The Company could be subject to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), which could further limit the realization of the net operating loss-related deferred tax asset (“NOL-DTA”). 2) Although the local economy of the market in which the Company operates has been showing continued signs of improvement over the past four years, if this trend flattens or reverses, there is a potential that this potential negative evidence could outweigh the prevailing positive factors.

 

Based on the aforementioned considerations, the Company has concluded that the predominance of observable positive evidence outweighs the future potential of negative evidence and therefore it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to realize in the future all of the net deferred tax assets.

 

 

NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income/(loss) available to (allocable to) common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income/(loss) available to (allocable to) common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents (st ock-based awards ). There is no dilutive effect on the loss per share during loss periods. The following table provides information relating to the calculation of earnings/(loss) per common share.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

 

12,652 

 

 

12,629 

 

 

10,945 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents

 

 

17 

 

 

10 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

12,669 

 

 

12,639 

 

 

10,953 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share - basic

 

$

0.76 

 

$

0.56 

 

$

0.46 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share - diluted

 

$

0.76 

 

$

0.56 

 

$

0.46 

 

The calculations of diluted income per share excluded weighted average common stock equivalents of 0 for 2016, 0 for 2015, and 51 thousand for 2014 because the effect of including them would have been antidilutive.

 

NOTE 17. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Banks’ assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

83

 


 

Basel III

 

The FRB and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's (“BCBS”) capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer was phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. The final rules also revise the definition and calculation of Tier 1 capital, Total Capital, and risk-weighted assets.

 

The phase-in period for the final rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rules’ requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (leverage ratio). As of December 31, 2016, management believes that Shore Bancshares, Inc. and Shore United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the former Talbot Bank and CNB, now Shore Untied Bank, as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes would change the Bank’s classification. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios, and Tier 1 leverage ratios, which are described below.

 

The minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes are 5.125%, 6.625%, 8.625% and 4.000% for the common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which includes a capital conservation buffer of 0.625% respectively. To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum ratios of 6.50%, 8.00%, 10.00% and 5.00% for its common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios, respectively. Shore Bancshares, Inc., as a financial holding company, is subject to the well-capitalized requirement.

 

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios for Shore Bancshares, Inc. and Shore United Bank as of December 31, 2016 and Shore Bancshares, Inc., Talbot Bank and CNB as of December 31, 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Common

 

Total

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

Total

 

 

 



 

Equity/

 

Risk-

 

Risk-

 

Adjusted

 

Common

 

Risk-Based

 

Risk-Based

 

Tier 1



 

Tier 1

 

Based

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

Equity

 

Capital

 

Capital

 

Leverage

December 31, 2016

 

Capital

 

Capital

 

Assets

 

Total Assets

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

Ratio

 

Ratio

 

Ratio

Company

 

$

140,897 

 

$

149,924 

 

$

893,116 

 

$

1,144,968 

 

15.78 

%

 

15.78 

%

 

16.79 

%

 

12.31 

%

Shore United Bank

 

 

122,543 

 

 

131,570 

 

 

885,206 

 

 

1,126,136 

 

13.84 

%

 

13.84 

%

 

14.86 

%

 

10.88 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Common

 

Total

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

Total

 

 

 



 

Equity/

 

Risk-

 

Risk-

 

Adjusted

 

Common

 

Risk-Based

 

Risk-Based

 

Tier 1



 

Tier 1

 

Based

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

Equity

 

Capital

 

Capital

 

Leverage

December 31, 2015

 

Capital

 

Capital

 

Assets

 

Total Assets

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

Ratio

 

Ratio

 

Ratio

Company (1)

 

$

126,024 

 

$

134,643 

 

$

807,807 

 

$

1,116,692 

 

15.60 

%

 

15.60 

%

 

16.67 

%

 

11.29 

%

Talbot Bank (1)

 

 

59,692 

 

 

64,405 

 

 

448,634 

 

 

613,945 

 

13.31 

%

 

13.31 

%

 

14.36 

%

 

9.72 

%

CNB

 

 

48,051 

 

 

51,957 

 

 

354,278 

 

 

486,404 

 

13.56 

%

 

13.56 

%

 

14.67 

%

 

9.88 

%

 

(1)

During 2016 an amended Call Report was filed for December 31, 2015.



Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Bank, as well as restricting extensions of credit and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2016, the Bank could pay dividends to the parent to the extent of its earnings so long as it maintained required capital ratios. The former CNB paid dividends of $680 thousand to Shore Bancshares, Inc. during 2016 before merging with the Talbot Bank and becoming Shore United Bank. Shore Bancshares, Inc. had no outstanding receivables from subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 or 2015.

84

 


 



 

NOTE 18. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

The Company records unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, on investment securities available for sale as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The following table provides information on the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Accumulated net

 

 

 



 

unrealized holding

 

Total accumulated



 

gains (losses) on

 

other



 

available for sale

 

comprehensive

(Dollars in thousands)

 

securities

 

income(loss)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

$

(71)

 

$

(71)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(922)

 

 

(922)

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

$

(993)

 

$

(993)



 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

316 

 

$

316 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(387)

 

 

(387)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

$

(71)

 

$

(71)

 

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details about Accumulated Other

 

Amount Reclassified from Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive Income Components

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

Affected Line Item in the Statement Where

(dollars in thousands)

 

(Loss)

 

Net Income is Presented



 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Realized gain on sale of investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities

 

$

18 

 

$

 -

 

$

14 

 

Gain on sale of investment securities

Total Reclassification for the Period

 

$

18 

 

$

 -

 

$

14 

 

 







 

NOTE 19. LINES OF CREDIT

 

The Bank had $15.0 million and $13.0 million in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available on a short-term basis from correspondent banks at December 31, 2016 and 2015. In addition, the Banks had credit availability of approximately $205.1 million and $130.2 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These lines of credit are paid for monthly on a fee basis of 0.10% .   The Bank has pledged as collateral, under a blanket lien, all qualifying residential loans under borrowing agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank had no short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2016 or 2015.

 

NOTE 20. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Accounting guidance under GAAP defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, loans held for sale and other real estate owned (foreclosed assets). These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

85

 


 

 

Under fair value accounting guidance, assets and liabilities are grouped at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine their fair values. These hierarchy levels are:

 

Level 1 inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Investment Securities Available for Sale

Fair value measurement for investment securities available for sale is based on quoted prices from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include present value of future cash flows, prepayment assumptions, credit loss assumptions and other factors. The Company classifies its investments in U.S. Treasury securities as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy, and it classifies its investments in U.S. Government agencies securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government sponsored entities as Level 2.

 

86

 


 

 

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015. No assets were transferred from one hierarchy level to another during 2016or 2015.

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Significant



 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Observable

 

Unobservable



 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

34,214 

 

 

 -

 

 

34,214 

 

 

 -

Mortgage-backed

 

 

128,944 

 

 

 -

 

 

128,944 

 

 

 -

Equity

 

 

640 

 

 

 -

 

 

640 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

163,798 

 

$

 -

 

$

163,798 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Significant



 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Observable

 

Unobservable



 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

5,079 

 

$

5,079 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

U.S. Government agencies

 

 

49,529 

 

 

 -

 

 

49,529 

 

 

 -

Mortgage-backed

 

 

156,916 

 

 

 -

 

 

156,916 

 

 

 -

Equity

 

 

641 

 

 

 -

 

 

641 

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

212,165 

 

$

5,079 

 

$

207,086 

 

$

 -

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis



Impaired  Loans

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loan impairment is measured using the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral (less selling costs) if the loans are collateral dependent and these are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy . Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable. The value of business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable, discounted on management’s review and analysis. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the factors identified above. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (Foreclosed Assets)

Foreclosed assets are adjusted for fair value upon transfer of loans to foreclosed assets. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value and fair value. The estimated fair value for foreclosed assets included in Level 3   are determined by independent market based appraisals and other available market information, less costs to sell, that may be reduced further based on market expectations or an executed sales agreement. If the fair value of the collateral deteriorates subsequent to the init ial recognition, the Company records the foreclosed asset as a non-recurring Level 3 adjustment. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.

 

87

 


 

 

The following tables set s forth the Company’s financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , that are valued at the lower of cost or market. Assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement . The assets in the following table wer e transferred during 2016 from L evel 2 to L evel 3, based on managements reassessment an evaluation of the inputs in relation to impaired loans and foreclosed assets. This reassessment resulted in management conclusion that the inputs for these assets were more reflective of Level 3 as unobservable inputs and applied retrospectively to prior periods reported.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Significant



 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Observable

 

Unobservable



 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

6,368 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

6,368 

Residential real estate

 

 

7,461 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,461 

Commercial real estate

 

 

5,903 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

5,903 

Commercial 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 

99 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

99 

Total impaired loans

 

 

19,831 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

19,831 

Other real estate owned

 

 

2,477 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

2,477 

Total assets measured at fair value on a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nonrecurring basis

 

$

22,308 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

22,308 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Significant



 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Observable

 

Unobservable



 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

10,979 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

10,979 

Residential real estate

 

 

7,510 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,510 

Commercial real estate

 

 

7,422 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,422 

Commercial 

 

 

161 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

161 

Consumer

 

 

115 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

115 

Total impaired loans

 

 

26,187 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

26,187 

Other real estate owned

 

 

4,252 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

4,252 

Total assets measured at fair value on a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nonrecurring basis

 

$

30,439 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

30,439 

 

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities



The following information relates to the estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities that are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at their carrying amounts. The discussion below describes the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold. For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Investment Securities Held to Maturity

For all investments in debt securities, fair values are based on quoted prices. If a quoted price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities.

 

88

 


 



Loans

The fair values of categories of fixed rate loans, such as commercial loans, residential real estate, and other consumer loans, are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Other loans, including variable rate loans, are adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

 

Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings

The fair values of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. These estimates do not take into consideration the value of core deposit intangibles. Generally, the carrying amount of short-term borrowings is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair values of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (included in short-term borrowings) and long-term debt are estimated using the rates offered for similar borrowings.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

The majority of the Company’s commitments to grant loans and standby letters of credit are written to carry current market interest rates if converted to loans. In general, commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are not assignable by the Company or the borrower, so they generally have value only to the Company and the borrower. Therefore, it is impractical to assign any value to these commitments.

 

The following table provides information on the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are reported in the balance sheets at their carrying amounts. The financial assets and liabilities have been segregated by their classification level in the fair value hierarchy.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015



 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

 

Estimated



 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 inputs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

75,938 

 

$

75,938 

 

$

73,811 

 

$

73,811 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 inputs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity

 

$

6,808 

 

$

6,806 

 

$

4,191 

 

$

4,243 

Loans, net

 

 

862,799 

 

 

867,594 

 

 

786,798 

 

 

788,187 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 inputs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

997,489 

 

$

929,573 

 

$

975,464 

 

$

922,161 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,203 

 

 

3,203 

 

 

6,672 

 

 

6,672 









 



 

NOTE 21 . FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

 

In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Bank is part y to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Banks’ exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Bank use s the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they do for on-balance sheet instruments. The Bank generally require s collateral or other security to support the financial instruments with credit risk. The amount of collateral or other security is determined based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The Bank evaluate s each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Letters of credit and other commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

89

 


 

The following table provides information on commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

178,233 

 

$

166,931 

Letters of credit

 

 

8,024 

 

 

7,087 

Total

 

$

186,257 

 

$

174,018 



The Bank has established an allowance for off balance sheet credit exposures. The allowance is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a loss for off balance sheet credit exposures charged to earnings. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the required funding of these exposures is uncollectible. While this evaluation is completed on a regular basis, it is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.



 

NOTE 22 . RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Shore Bancshares Inc. and its bank and insurance subsidiaries on occasion rent ballroom space from the Tidewater Inn located in Easton Maryland, to hold company meetings and events. A director of the board of Shore Bancshares Inc. holds a 61% interest in a limited liability company which owns the Tidewater Inn. During 2016 and 2015, approximately $ 16 thousand and $38 thousand in expenses were paid for rental and catering services.

 

NOTE 23 . CONTINGENCIES

 

In the normal course of business, Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries may become involved in litigation arising from banking, financial, and other activities. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the future liability, if any, arising out of current proceedings will have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, operating results, or liquidity.

 



NOTE 24 . PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following tables provide condensed financial information for Shore Bancshares, Inc. (Parent Company Only).

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

1,249 

 

$

1,899 

Investment securities

 

 

11,846 

 

 

12,246 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

137,078 

 

 

129,353 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

3,547 

 

 

3,598 

Other assets

 

 

3,160 

 

 

2,419 

Total assets

 

$

156,880 

 

$

149,515 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

$

 

$

Other liabilities

 

 

1,737 

 

 

1,204 

Long-term debt

 

 

843 

 

 

1,343 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,581 

 

 

2,548 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

127 

 

 

126 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

64,201 

 

 

63,815 

Retained earnings

 

 

90,964 

 

 

83,097 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

 

 

(993)

 

 

(71)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

154,299 

 

 

146,967 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

156,880 

 

$

149,515 

 

90

 


 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statement of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

1,230 

 

$

1,045 

 

$

200 

Management and other fees from subsidiaries

 

 

8,960 

 

 

8,723 

 

 

7,933 

Other income

 

 

278 

 

 

228 

 

 

110 

Total income

 

 

10,468 

 

 

9,996 

 

 

8,243 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

46 

 

 

61 

 

 

80 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

6,296 

 

 

5,536 

 

 

5,321 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

 

327 

 

 

325 

 

 

541 

Other operating expenses

 

 

2,739 

 

 

3,215 

 

 

2,387 

Total expenses

 

 

9,408 

 

 

9,137 

 

 

8,329 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit and equity in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

 

1,060 

 

 

859 

 

 

(86)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(58)

 

 

(65)

 

 

(107)

Income before equity in undistributed net income of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subsidiaries

 

 

1,118 

 

 

924 

 

 

21 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

8,520 

 

 

6,184 

 

 

5,030 

Net income

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 

 

91

 


 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31,



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,638 

 

$

7,108 

 

$

5,051 

Adjustments to reconcile net (income) loss to cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subsidiaries

 

 

(8,520)

 

 

(6,184)

 

 

(5,030)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

288 

 

 

336 

 

 

379 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

334 

 

 

283 

 

 

87 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements

 

 

(27)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 -

Net (increase) in other assets

 

 

(669)

 

 

(1,108)

 

 

(121)

Net increase in other liabilities

 

 

533 

 

 

328 

 

 

271 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,577 

 

 

760 

 

 

637 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

investment securities available for sale

 

 

2,171 

 

 

1,418 

 

 

442 

Purchases of securities

 

 

(2,032)

 

 

(4,054)

 

 

(10,112)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(175)

 

 

(672)

 

 

(632)

Cash received from merged subsidiary

 

 

 -

 

 

3,349 

 

 

 -

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(20,000)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(36)

 

 

41 

 

 

(30,302)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

 

(500)

 

 

(500)

 

 

(500)

Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements

 

 

27 

 

 

 

 

 -

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

53 

 

 

 -

 

 

31,279 

Common stock dividends paid

 

 

(1,771)

 

 

(506)

 

 

 -

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(2,191)

 

 

(1,003)

 

 

30,779 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(650)

 

 

(202)

 

 

1,114 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

1,899 

 

 

2,101 

 

 

987 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,249 

 

$

1,899 

 

$

2,101 









 

92

 


 

 

NOTE 25 . QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (unaudited)

 

The following table provides a summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2016.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

9,908 

 

$

10,003 

 

$

10,236 

 

$

10,505 

Net interest income

 

 

9,243 

 

 

9,383 

 

 

9,658 

 

 

9,965 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

450 

 

 

375 

 

 

605 

 

 

418 

Income before income taxes

 

 

3,995 

 

 

3,684 

 

 

3,843 

 

 

4,377 

Net income

 

 

2,460 

 

 

2,272 

 

 

2,411 

 

 

2,495 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.19 

 

$

0.18 

 

$

0.19 

 

$

0.20 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.19 

 

$

0.18 

 

$

0.19 

 

$

0.20 

Dividends paid per common share

 

$

0.03 

 

$

0.03 

 

 

0.03 

 

$

0.05 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

9,445 

 

$

9,542 

 

$

9,837 

 

$

10,047 

Net interest income

 

 

8,539 

 

 

8,683 

 

 

9,010 

 

 

9,293 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

650 

 

 

540 

 

 

410 

 

 

475 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,270 

 

 

2,631 

 

 

3,109 

 

 

3,506 

Net income

 

 

1,409 

 

 

1,627 

 

 

1,909 

 

 

2,163 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.11 

 

$

0.13 

 

$

0.15 

 

$

0.17 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.11 

 

$

0.13 

 

$

0.15 

 

$

0.17 

Dividends paid per common share

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

0.02 

 

$

0.02 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

9,455 

 

$

9,523 

 

$

9,686 

 

$

9,625 

Net interest income

 

 

8,323 

 

 

8,447 

 

 

8,636 

 

 

8,636 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

975 

 

 

950 

 

 

775 

 

 

650 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,021 

 

 

2,108 

 

 

2,036 

 

 

1,947 

Net income

 

 

1,258 

 

 

1,305 

 

 

1,262 

 

 

1,226 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.15 

 

$

0.13 

 

$

0.10 

 

$

0.10 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.15 

 

$

0.13 

 

$

0.10 

 

$

0.10 

Dividends paid per common share

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -



 Earnings per share are based on quarterly results and may not be additive to the annual earnings per share amounts.

 

NOTE 26 . SEGMENT REPORTING

 

The Company operates two primary business segments: Community Banking and Insurance Products and Services. The Community Banking business provides services to consumers and small businesses on the Eastern Shore of Maryland and in Delaware through its 18-branch network. Community banking activities include small business services, retail brokerage, trust services and consumer banking products and services. Loan products available to consumers include mortgage, home equity, automobile, marine, and installment loans, credit cards and other secured and unsecured personal lines of credit. Small business lending includes commercial mortgages, real estate development loans, equipment and operating loans, as well as secured and unsecured lines of credit, credit cards, accounts receivable financing arrangements, and merchant card services.

 

Through the Insurance Products and Services business, the Company provides a full range of insurance products and services to businesses and consumers in the Company’s market areas. Products include property and casualty, life, marine, individual health and long-term care insurance. Pension and profit sharing plans and retirement plans for executives and employees are available to suit the needs of individual businesses.

 

93

 


 

 

Selected financial information by business segments is included in the following table.

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Community

 

Insurance Products

 

Parent

 

Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

and Services

 

Company

 

Total

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

$

40,400 

 

$

 -

 

$

252 

 

$

40,652 

Interest Expense

 

 

(2,403)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,403)

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(1,848)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,848)

Noninterest income

 

 

7,935 

 

 

8,710 

 

 

 -

 

 

16,645 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(21,054)

 

 

(6,890)

 

 

(9,203)

 

 

(37,147)

Net intersegment (expense) income

 

 

(8,020)

 

 

(761)

 

 

8,781 

 

 

 -

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

15,010 

 

 

1,059 

 

 

(170)

 

 

15,899 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(5,887)

 

 

(432)

 

 

58 

 

 

(6,261)

Net Income (loss)

 

$

9,123 

 

$

627 

 

$

(112)

 

$

9,638 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,132,863 

 

$

9,596 

 

$

17,814 

 

$

1,160,271 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

$

38,652 

 

$

 -

 

$

219 

 

$

38,871 

Interest Expense

 

 

(3,346)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3,346)

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(2,075)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,075)

Noninterest income

 

 

7,135 

 

 

8,297 

 

 

(16)

 

 

15,416 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(21,480)

 

 

(6,984)

 

 

(8,886)

 

 

(37,350)

Net intersegment (expense) income

 

 

(7,718)

 

 

(781)

 

 

8,499 

 

 

 -

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

11,168 

 

 

532 

 

 

(184)

 

 

11,516 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(4,274)

 

 

(204)

 

 

70 

 

 

(4,408)

Net Income (loss)

 

$

6,894 

 

$

328 

 

$

(114)

 

$

7,108 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,107,367 

 

$

9,984 

 

$

17,792 

 

$

1,135,143 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

$

38,202 

 

$

 -

 

$

87 

 

$

38,289 

Interest Expense

 

 

(4,247)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(4,247)

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(3,350)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3,350)

Noninterest income

 

 

6,482 

 

 

10,305 

 

 

(6)

 

 

16,781 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(22,776)

 

 

(8,527)

 

 

(8,058)

 

 

(39,361)

Net intersegment (expense) income

 

 

(7,010)

 

 

(680)

 

 

7,690 

 

 

 -

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

7,301 

 

 

1,098 

 

 

(287)

 

 

8,112 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(2,755)

 

 

(414)

 

 

108 

 

 

(3,061)

Net Income (loss)

 

$

4,546 

 

$

684 

 

$

(179)

 

$

5,051 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,074,638 

 

$

10,824 

 

$

14,940 

 

$

1,100,402 





 

NOTE 27 . SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 10, 2017, Shore United Bank announced it had entered into a purchase and assumption agreement to acquire three branches from Northwest Bank located in the greater Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area communities of Elkridge, Owings Mills and Arbutus. Pursuant to the branch purchases, Shore United bank will acquire approximately $214 million in deposits, $152 million of performing loans and $40 million in cash from Northwest Bank. In connection with the purchase of these branches, Shore United will pay an 8% deposit premium for the transaction. Subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, the acquisition is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2017 . Management is evaluating the recording of this transaction as a business combination.

94

 


 

 





 

 



Item 9.

Changes i n and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.



Effective June 1, 2016, substantially all directors and employees of the Company's former independent registered public accounting firm, Stegman & Company ("Stegman"), joined Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP ("DHG"). As a result, effective June 1, 2016, Stegman resigned as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors engaged DHG to serve as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm effective June 1, 2016. The reports of Stegman on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During the Company's fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the subsequent interim period from January 1, 2016 to the date of Stegman's resignation, (i) there were no disagreements between the Company and Stegman on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Stegman, would have caused Stegman to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreements in connection with its audit reports on the Company's financial statements, (ii) there were no reportable events as within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation SK and (iii) the Company did not consult with DHG regarding any of the matters set forth in Items 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K .

 



 

 



Item 9A.

Con tro ls and Procedures.



 

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act with the SEC, such as this annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in those rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer (the “PEO”) and the principal accounting officer (“PAO”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

An evaluation of the effectiveness of these disclosure controls as of December 31, 2016 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the PEO and the PAO. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and the PAO, has concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has performed an evaluation and testing of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. Management’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the related attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm are included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, and each such report is incorporated into this Item 9A by reference thereto.

 



 

 



Item 9B.

Other I nformation.



 

None.

 

 

95

 


 

PART III

 



 

 



Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.



 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers, and employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A written copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics will be provided to stockholders, free of charge, upon request to: W. David Morse, Secretary, Shore Bancshares, Inc., 18 E. Dover Street, Easton, Maryland 21601 or (410) 763-7800.

 

All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders:

 



 

 



Election of Directors (Proposal 1);



Continuing Directors;



Executive Officers;



Qualifications of Director Nominees and Continuing Directors;



Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance; and



Corporate Governance Matters (under the heading, “Board Committees”).



 





 

 



Item 11.

Execu tive Compensation.



 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2017 A nnual Meeting of Stockholders:

 



 

 



Executive Compensation



Director Compensation





 





 

 



Item 12.

Security Ow nership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.



 

The Company maintains the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 20 1 6 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “20 1 6 Plan”) under which it may issue shares of common stock or grant other equity-based awards (stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units, and performance units) to directors, executive officers, and key employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Shore Bancshares, Inc. The plan was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and its stockholders.

96

 


 

 

The following table contains information about these equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2016 .

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities



 

Number of securities to be 

 

 

Weighted-average 

 

remaining available for future



 

issued upon exercise of

 

 

exercise price of

 

issuance under equity



 

outstanding options, warrants

 

 

outstanding options,

 

compensation plans [excluding

Plan Category

 

and rights

 

 

warrants, and rights

 

securities reflected in



 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

column (a)] ( c)

Equity compensation plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

approved by security holders (1)

 

62,086

 

$

8.29 

 

732,545 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

approved by security holders

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

62,086

 

$

8.29 

 

732,545 



 



 

 



(1)

In addition to stock options and stock appreciation rights, the 20 1 6 Plan permits the grant of stock awards, stock units, and performance units, and the shares available for issuance shown in column (c) may be granted pursuant to such awards. Subject to the anti-dilution provisions of the Omnibus Plan, the maximum number of shares of restricted stock that may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is 50 ,000; the maximum number of restricted stock units that may be granted to any one participant in any calendar year is 3 0 ,000; and the maximum dollar value of performance units that may be granted to any one participant in any calendar year is $1, 0 00,000. As of December 31, 201 6 , the Company has granted 158,506 shares of restricted stock and 51,376 in restricted stock units that are not reflected in column (a) of this table.

 

All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock”.

 





 

 



Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.



 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2017 An nual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” (under the heading, “Director Independence”).

 



 

 



Item 14.

Princ ipa l Accounting Fees and Services.



 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Audit Fees and Services”.

 

97

 


 

 

PART IV

 



 

 



Item 15.

Exhi bi ts, Financial Statement Schedules.



 



 

 

(a)(1), (2) and (c) Financial statements and schedules:

 

 

   

Report s of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm s

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 201 6 and 201 5

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended December 31, 201 6 , 201 5 , and 201 4

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss — Years Ended December 31, 201 6 , 201 5 , and 201 4

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 201 6 , 201 5 , and 201 4

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 201 6 , 201 5 , and 201 4

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 201 6 , 201 5 , and 201 4

 

 

 

(a)(3) and (b) Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:



 

The exhibits filed or furnished with this annual report are shown on the Exhibit Index that follows the signatures to this annual report, which index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

98

 


 

 

SIG NA TURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 



 

 

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

 

 

 

Date:      March 1 6 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer



 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 





 

 

/s/ Blenda W. Armistead

 

/s/ Frank E. Mason, III

Blenda W. Armistead, Director

 

Frank E. Mason, III, Director

March 16, 2017

 

March 16, 2017



 

 

/s/ Christopher F. Spurry

 

/s/ James A. Judge

Christopher F. Spurry, Director

 

James A. Judge, Director

March 16, 2017

 

March 16, 2017



 

 

/s/ Clyde V. Kelly, III

 

/s/ Jeffery E. Thompson

Clyde V. Kelly, III, Director

 

Jeffery E. Thompson, Director

March 16, 2017

 

March 16, 2017



 

 

/s/ David A. Fike

 

/s/ John H. Wilson

David A. Fike, Director

 

John H. Wilson, Director

March 16, 2017

 

March 16, 2017



 

 

/s/ David J. Bates

 

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

David J. Bates, Director

 

Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr

March 16, 2017

 

Director, President, and Chief Executive Officer



 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David W. Moore

 

March 16, 2017

David W. Moore, Director

 

 

March 16, 2017

 

/s/ R. Michael Clemmer, Jr.



 

R. Michael Clemmer, Jr., Director

/s/ Edward C. Allen

 

March 16, 2017

Edward C. Allen

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

/s/ W. Moorhead Vermilye

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

W. Moorhead Vermilye, Director

March 16, 2017

 

March 16, 2017





 

99

 


 

 

  EXHIBI T L IST

 



 

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1(i)

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2000)

 

 

 

3.1(ii)

 

Articles Supplementary relating to the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009)

 

 

 

3.1(iii)

 

Articles Supplementary relating to the reclassification of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, as common stock (incorporated by reference Exhibit 3.1(i) of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2009)

 

 

 

3.2(i)

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(i) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)

 

 

 

3.2(ii)

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(ii) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)

 

 

 

3.2(iii)

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(iii) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)

 

 

 

3.2(iv)

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(iv) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)

 

 

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2011, between the Company and W. Moorhead Vermilye (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 filed on November 14, 2011).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2011, between the Company and Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 filed on November 14, 2011)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Amended Summary of Compensation Arrangement for William W. Duncan, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2007, as amended by Form 8-K/A filed on May 3, 2007)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Summary of Compensation Arrangement between Centreville National Bank and F. Winfield Trice, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2007)

 

 

 

10.5

 

Employment Agreement between The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC and Mark M. Freestate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)

 

 

 

10.6

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2010)

 

 

 

10.7

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2007)

 

 

 

10.8

 

Deferral Election, Investment Designation, and Beneficiary Designation Forms under the Shore Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006)

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Centreville National Bank of Maryland Director Indexed Fee Continuation Plan Agreement with Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of Amended and Restated Director Indexed Fee Continuation Plan Agreement between Centreville National Bank and Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)



 

100

 


 

 



 

 

10.11

 

Form of Centreville National Bank Life Insurance Endorsement Split Dollar Plan Agreement with Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006)

 

 

 

10.12

 

Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005)

 

 

 

10.13

 

First Amendment to The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of W. Moorhead Vermilye (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)

 

 

 

10.14

 

Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005)

 

 

 

10.15

 

1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on September 25, 1998 (Registration No. 333-64319))

 

 

 

10.16

 

Talbot Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 4, 2001 (Registration No. 333-60214))

 

 

 

10.17

 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s 2006 definitive proxy statement filed on March 24, 2006)

 

 

 

10.18

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2007)

 

 

 

10.19

 

Form of Performance Share/Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2015).

 

 

 

10.20

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between the Company and Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 25, 2015).

 

 

 

10.21

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated February 16, 2017, between the Company and Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. (filed herewith).



 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Company (included in the “BUSINESS—General” section of Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP (filed herewith)



 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Stegman & Company (filed herewith)

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certifications of the PEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certifications of the PAO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)

 

 

 

32

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (furnished herewith)

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document (filed herewith)

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema (filed herewith)

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase (filed herewith)

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase (filed herewith)

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase (filed herewith)

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase (filed herewith)



101

 




EXHIBIT 10.21

Employment Agreements

On February 16, 2017, the Company and Mr. Beatty entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) which provides that he will serve as our CEO and President, and entitles him to receive an annual base salary of $414,000 subject to periodic review and adjustment. In addition, Mr. Beatty is entitled to: (i) participate in our bonus plans; (ii) receive employee benefits of the type offered by the Company and its affiliates to similarly-situated officers, including vacation, sick leave and disability leave; (iii) receive fringe benefits of the type customarily made available by the Company to its officers; and (iv) be reimbursed for employment-related expenses.

The Employment Agreement has a twelve-month term, which will automatically renew for successive twelve-month terms unless a party notifies the other party at least 60 days prior to the end of the then-current term of its or his decision not to renew the Employment Agreement. At least 120 days prior to the commencement of a new term, the Board or a committee thereof will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Mr. Beatty to determine whether to give notice of non-renewal. The term of Mr. Beatty’s employment under his Employment Agreement may be terminated at any time and for any reason by either the Company or Mr. Beatty (upon 30 days’ prior written notice), and it will automatically terminate upon Mr. Beatty’s death.

Generally, the Company’s obligations to Mr. Beatty under his Employment Agreement will be suspended if any regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the Company temporarily prohibits the officer’s continued employment. If such regulator’s charges are later dismissed, then the Company must reinstate the officer and pay him all compensation that was withheld during the suspension.

Upon the termination of his employment, Mr. Beatty is entitled to receive all unpaid base salary that has accrued through the date of termination, all bonus awards (prorated through the last day of the month in which termination occurs) that he would have received had he remained employed when bonuses are next declared or paid, and reimbursement of all unreimbursed expenses, all of which must be paid no later than the last day of the calendar quarter of the quarter in which the termination occurs. In addition, all unexercised or unvested equity awards, or portions thereof, held by the officer as of the date of termination shall vest or terminate and be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

If Mr. Beatty’s employment is terminated without “Cause” prior to the expiration of the term of his Employment Agreement, then, except in the case of termination following a “Change in Control” of the Company, he will additionally be entitled to receive severance (“Severance”) in the form of continued base salary (at the then-current level) for a period of 24 months following the date of termination (the “Severance Period”). The Employment Agreement provides that the first Severance payment will be made on the first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 60 th day following the termination of employment, provided that Mr. Beatty has executed and delivered a release of claims and the statutory period during which he may revoke that release has expired on or before that 60 th day.

In lieu of Severance, the Employment Agreement provides for the payment of a Change in Control benefit (the “CiC Benefit”) should the Company terminate Mr. Beatty’s employment without Cause within 12 months of a Change in Control of the Company. In this case, Mr. Beatty will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the difference between (i) the product of 2.99 times the officer’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) the sum of any other parachute payments as defined under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code that the officer receives on account of the Change in Control, provided that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable under the Employment Agreement exceed 2.99 times Mr. Beatty’s “base amount.” The CiC Benefit will be paid in one lump sum on the 60 th day following termination of employment, provided that Mr. Beatty has executed and delivered a release of claims and the statutory period during which he may revoke that release has expired on or before that 60 th day.

Notwithstanding the payment terms discussed above, any payment obligation that arises on account of a termination of employment while Mr. Beatty is a “specified employee” as defined under Section 409A of the Code will be subject to a post-termination waiting period to the extent that the payment constitutes “deferred compensation” under applicable Treasury regulations. Mr. Beatty’s Employment Agreement provides that such amounts will be paid, with interest, in a lump sum, within 15 days after the six-month period that follows his termination date. If Mr. Beatty dies during the waiting period, then payment will be made in a lump sum within 15 days after the appointment of a personal representative or executor of his estate.



 

1

 


 

 

If Mr. Beatty is indebted to the Company at the time his employment is terminated, then, subject to certain restrictions, the Employment Agreement allows the Company to apply any post-termination amounts due to Mr. Beatty toward repayment of such debt.

The Employment Agreement defines the term “Cause” as: (i) the officer’s “Disability” (as defined in the Employment Agreement); (ii) an action or failure to act by the officer constituting fraud, misappropriation or damage to the property or business of the Company; (iii) conduct by officer that amounts to fraud, personal dishonesty or breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) officer’s conviction (from which no appeal may be, or is, timely taken) of a felony or willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (v) the officer’s breach of any of his obligations hereunder; (vi) the unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure by the officer of any confidential information of the Company or of any confidential information of any other party to whom the officer owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his relationship with the Company; (vii) the willful violation of any final cease and desist or consent order; (viii) a knowing violation by officer of federal and state banking laws or regulations which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company, as determined by the Board; (ix) the determination by the Board, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment and in good faith, that officer’s job performance is substantially unsatisfactory and that he has failed to cure such performance within a reasonable period (but in no event more than thirty (30) days) after written notice specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the unsatisfactory performance; (x) officer’s material breach of any of the Company’s written policies; or (xi) the issuance of any order by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any other supervisory agency with jurisdiction over the Company permanently prohibiting the continued service of the officer with the Company. No act or failure to act on the part of the officer shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the officer in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the officer’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the officer in good faith and in the best interest of the Company.

The term “Change in Control” is defined as the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a person, or group of persons acting together, acquires ownership of securities of the Company that, together with such person’s or group’s other securities, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s securities; (ii) any person, or group of persons acting together, acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12-month period) ownership of securities of the Company possessing 35% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s securities, (iii) a majority of the Company’s Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or (iv) any person, or group of persons acting together, acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12-month period) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal of at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets.

The Employment Agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. Specifically, during the term of Mr. Beatty’s employment and thereafter until the longer of (i) his Severance Period and (ii) the date that is 12 months after the date of the Employment Agreement, but in no case longer than 24 months following the termination of employment, Mr. Beatty may not, directly or indirectly, (a) compete with the Company or any of its affiliates in any county of any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its affiliates maintains a branch or other office, or in any county of any jurisdiction that is contiguous to any such county, (b) solicit any existing Business Relation (as defined in the Employment Agreement) of the Company or any of its affiliates, wherever located, to purchase, sell or otherwise provide competing products and services, (c) accept employment with or act as an independent contractor to any such Business Relation if the employment or service will require the officer to render services that are similar to those provided by the Company or any of its affiliates, (d) employ, engage, or solicit for employment or engagement any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its affiliates during the 24 months preceding Mr. Beatty’s termination of employment, (e) employ, engage or solicit for employment any employee of the Company, whether or not such employee is a full time employee or a temporary employee of the Company and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such   employment is for a determined period or is at will, or (f) encourage any person to reduce such person’s business, employment or service with the Company or any affiliate. In addition to the foregoing, the Employment Agreement contains other customary business protection provisions, including an agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s business information, an agreement to return Company property following termination, and a 12-month non-disparagement agreement.

Except for disputes relating to the enforcement of the non-competition, non-solicitation and other business protection provisions of the Employment Agreement, the parties have agreed that all disputes arising under the Employment Agreements will be settled by binding arbitration.



 

2

 


 

 

Benefits Upon Termination of Employment

The following table shows the estimated present value of benefits (as of December 31, 2016) that could be payable to the Named Executive Officers under employment agreements and deferred compensation plans upon a termination of employment. Information is provided only for those Named Executive Officers who are eligible to receive such benefits.









 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Payment

 

Payment Under



 

 

 

Under

 

Deferred



 

 

 

Employment

 

Compensation



 

 

 

Agreement

 

Plans

Name

 

Reason for Termination

 

($)

 

($)

Mr. Beatty

 

Death or disability

 

 -

 

74,593 



 

Change in control

 

1,237,860 

 

74,593 



 

Involuntary termination without cause

 

739,128 

 

74,593 



 

Termination for any other reason before age 70

 

 -

 

74,593 



 

Termination for any other reason after age 70

 

 -

 

74,593 

Accounting and Tax Considerations

To the extent required by law, the Compensation Committee has structured the compensation program to comply with Section 162(m) and Section 409A of the Code. Under Section 162(m), a limitation was placed on tax deductions of any publicly held corporation for individual compensation to certain executives of such corporation exceeding $1,000,000 in any taxable year, unless the compensation is performance-based. If an executive is entitled to nonqualified deferred compensation benefits that are subject to Section 409A, and such benefits do not comply with Section 409A, then the benefits are taxable in the first year they are not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. In such case, the executive is subject to regular federal income tax, interest, and an additional federal income tax of 20% of the benefit includible in income. The Company has no individuals with non-performance based compensation paid in excess of the Section 162(m) tax deduction limit.

The Compensation Committee’s stock option grant policies have been impacted by the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC Topic 718 (“ASC 718”). Details related to the adoption of ASC 718 and the impact to the Company’s financial statements are discussed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Stock Based Compensation”.

The Compensation Committee has structured the change in control provision of Mr. Beatty’s employment agreements to minimize income tax penalties that could be imposed on the Company and/or Mr. Beatty under Section 280G of the Code. Under Section 280G, an excise tax is imposed on an executive officer who receives payments that are deemed to be contingent on a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company to the extent they exceed 2.99 times the executive’s “annualized includable compensation for the base period” ( i.e. , the average annual compensation that was includable in his or her gross income for the last five taxable years ending before the date on which the change in control occurs). In addition, the Company is not entitled to treat such excess as compensation expense for federal income tax purposes.



3

 






EXHIBIT 23.1

PICTURE 1



Consent Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm





Board of Directors and S tockholders

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-143002, 333-206110, 333-157141, 333-195527 and 333-167762) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-211736, 333-105159 and 333-134955) of Shore Bancshares, Inc., of our reports dated March 16, 2017, with respect to the Consolidated Balance Sheet of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2016, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for the year then ended, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, which reports appear in Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2016.


/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP


Baltimore, Maryland

March 16, 2017










EXHIBIT 23.2



PICTURE 9





Consent Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-143002, 333-206110, 333-157141, 333-195527 and 333-167762) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-211736, 333-105159 and 333-134955) of Shore Bancshares, Inc., of our report dated March 11, 2016, with respect to the Consolidated Balance Sheet of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2015, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015, which report appears in Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2016.


/s/ Stegman & Company


Baltimore, Maryland

March 16, 2017














 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-1 and 15d-14

As adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr., certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Shore Bancshares, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 



 

 



a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;



 



 

 



b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;



 



 

 



c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and



 



 

 



d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and




 

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 



 

 



a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and



 



 

 



b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



 



 

 

Date: March 1 6 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)














EXHIBIT 31.2

 



Certifications of the Principal Accounting Officer

Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-1 and 15d-14

As adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Edward C. Allen , certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Shore Bancshares, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 



 

 



a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;



 



 

 



b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;



 



 

 



c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and



 



 

 



d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 



 

 



a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and



 



 

 



b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



 



 

 

Date: March 1 6 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Edward C. Allen

 

 

  Edward C. Allen

 

 

  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 (Principal Financial Officer)








EXHIBIT 32

 

Certification of Periodic Report

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Pursuant to, and for purposes only of, 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned hereby certify that (i) the Annual Report of Shore Bancshares, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Shore Bancshares, Inc.

 



 

 

Date:       March 1 6 , 201 7

 

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date:       March 1 6 , 201 7

 

/s/ Edward C. Allen

 

 

Edward C. Allen

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)